Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutDormitory RenovationsCORNELL UNIVERSITY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING BATHROOM ALTERATIONS ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 ADDENDUM No. 1 April 16, 2015 This Addendum contains changes to the requirements of the Contract Documents and Specifications. Such changes are to be incorporated into the Construction Documents and shall apply to the work with the same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original document. Wherever this Addendum modifies a portion of a paragraph of the specifications or a portion of any Drawing, the remainder of the Paragraph or Drawing shall remain in force. NOTE: Provisions of all Contract Documents apply. PROJECT MANUAL Item 1 Section 01 23 00, ALTERNATES A. Paragraph 1.3.A REPLACE First sentence in paragraph body WITH “Refer to Drawing A110 and all scopes labeled “Alternate #1” in mechanical, electrical and plumbing drawings.” B. Paragraph 1.3.B REPLACE First sentence in paragraph body WITH “Refer to Drawing A110 and all scopes labeled “Alternate #1” in mechanical, electrical and plumbing drawings.” C. Paragraph 1.3.C REPLACE Paragraph in its entirety WITH The following. C. ALTERNATE NO. 2 – DHW CIRC SYSTEM & EXISTING DW INSULATION Refer to Drawing P001 and P100. Provide domestic hot water circulation system, including circulation pump, valves and piping. Provide insulation for existing domestic water lines in the basement. DRAWINGS Item 2 Drawing No. A100, BASEMENT PLAN, BUILDING SECTION A. Key Notes ADD Additional Key Notes on Drawing No. AD1. B. Detail 12A REPLACE Detail in its entirety WITH Detail 12A on attached Drawing No. AD1. C. Detail 12D ADD note: REFER TO HAND DRYER CIRCUIT REMOVAL NOTE ON DWG E100. PATCH AND PAINT ABANDONED OPENING AT EXTERIOR CONDUIT REMOVAL TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES. CORNELL UNIVERSITY ADDENDUM No. 1 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING April 16, 2015 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 Page 2 of 4 Item 3 Drawing No. A101, FIRST FLOOR A. Key Note F1 REPLACE Key note in its entirety WITH The following. FRAMING MODIFICATIONS TO INSTALL WOOD COLUMN A. OPEN EXIST EXT AND INT WALLS AT INTERSECTION AS REQ’D. B. INSTALL (4) 2x4 STUDS IN EXT WALL PLANE AS REQ’D TO CREATE SOLID WOOD COLUMN DIRECTLY UNDER ENDS OF BEAMS TO BE INSTALLED ON UPPER FLOORS. 1. REFER TO DWG 12D/A100 FOR BEAM LOCATIONS. 2. INSTALL STUDS AROUND ANY EXIST STUD(S) DISCOVERED UNDER BEAM ENDS. C. REMOVE AND REINSTALL UP TO TWO EXIST STUDS AT END OF INT WALL FRAMING AS REQ’D TO ACCESS EXT WALL FRAMING. D. PATCH AND PAINT FINISHES IN LAUNDRY RM 108 TO MATCH EXISTING. REFER TO DWG AD2. B. Detail 12A ADD note: REMOVE EXISTING HAND DRYER. C. Detail 12D ADD note: REFER TO HAND DRYER CIRCUIT REMOVAL NOTE ON DWG E100. PATCH AND PAINT ABANDONED OPENING AT EXTERIOR CONDUIT REMOVAL TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES. Item 4 Drawing No. A102, SECOND FLOOR A. Key Note F1a REPLACE Key note in its entirety WITH The following. FRAMING MODIFICATIONS TO INSTALL WOOD COLUMN A. OPEN EXIST EXT WALL AS REQ’D. B. INSTALL (4) 2x4 STUDS IN EXT WALL PLANE AS REQ’D TO CREATE SOLID WOOD COLUMN DIRECTLY UNDER ENDS OF BEAM TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE. 1. REFER TO DWGS 12D/A100 AND 12G/A102 FOR BEAM LOCATION. 2. INSTALL STUDS AROUND ANY EXIST STUD(S) DISCOVERED UNDER BEAM ENDS. CORNELL UNIVERSITY ADDENDUM No. 1 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING April 16, 2015 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 Page 3 of 4 B. Detail 12A ADD note: REMOVE EXISTING HAND DRYER. C. Detail 12D ADD note: REFER TO HAND DRYER CIRCUIT REMOVAL NOTE ON DWG E100. PATCH AND PAINT ABANDONED OPENING AT EXTERIOR CONDUIT REMOVAL TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES. Item 5 Drawing No. A103, THIRD FLOOR A. Key Note F1a REPLACE Key note in its entirety WITH The following. FRAMING MODIFICATIONS TO INSTALL WOOD COLUMN A. OPEN EXIST EXT WALL AS REQ’D. B. INSTALL (4) 2x4 STUDS IN EXT WALL PLANE AS REQ’D TO CREATE SOLID WOOD COLUMN DIRECTLY UNDER ENDS OF BEAM TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE. 1. REFER TO DWGS 12D/A100 AND 12G/A102 FOR BEAM LOCATION. 2. INSTALL STUDS AROUND ANY EXIST STUD(S) DISCOVERED UNDER BEAM ENDS. B. Detail 12A ADD note: REMOVE EXISTING HAND DRYER. C. Detail 12D ADD note: REFER TO HAND DRYER CIRCUIT REMOVAL NOTE ON DWG E100. PATCH AND PAINT ABANDONED OPENING AT EXTERIOR CONDUIT REMOVAL TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES. Item 6 Drawing No. M001, MECHANICAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES A. General Notes DELETE Note No. 5 regarding asbestos abatement in its entirety. Item 7 Drawing No. E100, ELECTRICAL REMOVAL PLAN A. Entire Drawing ADD note: HAND DRYER CIRCUIT REMOVAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ROUTING OF EXISTING CONDUIT FEEDING HAND DRYERS TO BE REMOVED. IT IS BELIEVED THAT A PORTION OF THE CIRCUIT IS RUN ON THE BUILDING EXTERIOR. EXISTING CONDUIT SHALL BE REMOVED. B. Detail 1/E100 ADD note to junction box for Fire Alarm Notification Device in corridor outside Bathroom 100TA: REFER TO DWG A101. REMOVE AND RELOCATE OR REINSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED FOR DOOR RELOCATION. CORNELL UNIVERSITY ADDENDUM No. 1 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING April 16, 2015 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 Page 4 of 4 Item 8 Drawing No.AD2, EXIST FINISHES/LAUNDRY ROOM 108 A. ADD attached drawing. RESPONSES TO BIDDERS’ REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION Item 9 Refer to attached Table 1. ATTACHMENTS A1. Drawing No. AD1 BASEMENT RCP REVISION WITH ADDITIONAL DWG A100 KEY NOTES 1 page A2. Drawing No. AD2 EXIST FINISHES/LAUNDRY ROOM 108 1 page A3. Table 1 RESPONSES TO BIDDERS’ REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION 1 page ****END OF ADDENDUM**** TABLE 1 RESPONSES TO BIDDERS’ REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION 16-Apr-15 RFI/Page/ Response Dwg./Spec./Rep.Section/Design Team Index Number Paragraph/Topi c RFI Response 1 Section 01 23 00 Alternates Nos. 1A and 1B. What is the relationship between these two alternates? The scopes in these two alternates are the same EXCEPT for the material to be used for the countertops. The Owner may accept either or neither, but shall not accept both. 2 Section 01 23 00 Alternates Nos. 3 and 4 Both these alternates involve ceramic wall tile. Do the scopes overlap? No. In Alternate No. 3, both the base scope and the alternate scope are completely outside the shower areas. In Alternate No. 4, both are completely inside the shower areas. 3 Drawing A101 Key Note No. F1 There is no way to know what conditions surround the existing framing in question. Should an allowance be provided for this item? Addendum No. 1 shall revise the key note to provide a more precise scope to be carried at bid time. 4 Drawing A102 Key Note No. F1a Refer to Question No. 3.Refer to response to Question No. 3. 5 Drawing A103 Key Note No. F1a Refer to Question No. 3.Refer to response to Question No. 3. 6 Throughout MEP Drawings Scopes labeled "Alternate #1" There is no "Alternate #1" listed in Section 01 23 00, Alternates. These MEP scopes are to be included in both Alternates Nos. 1A and No. 1B. Addendum No. 1 shall modify the language of these alternates to make this intention more explicit. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE BATHROOM ALTERATIONS END: 4/16/15 MEW CORNELL DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION Ithaca, New York SECTION 21 00 00 - FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE 21 00 00 - 1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 1437 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.The Contract Drawings and the General Provisions of the Contract, Including the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 Specifications apply to the work of this Section. B.The Work of Section 21 05 00 - Basic Materials and Methods applies to the work of this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED The work of this Division shall include providing all materials, labor, services, permits and related work to furnish a complete, operating, tested, functioning, documented sprinkler system alteration including all work show n, spec ified or requ ired f or prop er syste m operat ion inc ludin g but not l imited t o the fo llowi ng: A.Provide all City of Ithaca Permits and Inspections and pay all fees. B.Provide Submittals to Owner’s Insurance Carrier and City of Ithaca Codes Department and provide any required changes to obtain approval. Provide this work to allow timely construction. The fire protection shop drawings shall be stamped by a licensed New York State Professional Engineer as required by the City of Ithaca. C.All fire suppression system shutdowns shall be scheduled with Cornell University Customer Service at EH&S. D.Provide removals of portions of sprinkler system piping and appurtenances in all renovated spaces as shown on the Contract Drawings. E.The Fire Protection Contractor shall not remove any sprinkler protection that will be down for more than the normal work day, in any area, until there are temporary heat detectors installed and then tested by Cornell University EH&S. F.Provide Basic Materials and Methods. G.Provide renovations to dry pipe sprinkler systems on the 1st through 3rd Floors of 112 Edgemoor Lane as indicated on the Contract Documents. H.Provide an allowance for providing and installing two (2) sprinkler heads in addition to the heads show n on t he Co ntr act Draw ings , at l ocat ions dire cte d by th e Engi neer . Pro vide a sep ara te lu mp sum cost for this allowance in the Bid. I.Provide black ASTM A53, Type F, Grade A, Schedule 40 steel pipe for all pipe provided under this Project. Black C.I. Class 125 or black M.I. Class 150 fittings are acceptable. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE 21 00 00 - 2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 1437 J.Due to the minimal amount of fire protection piping being provided under this Contract, the NFPA 13 standard 200 psi hydrostatic test is not required. However, a 2-hour hydrostatic test utilizing the available water pressure shall be provided for the entire dry pipe system. In addition, The Fire Protection Contractor shall provide a pneumatic test of 40 psi for 24 hours, with a maximum loss of 1½ psi on the entire dry pipe system following rough-in of the Contract provided piping. These tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer, City of Ithaca Fire Department and C orne ll Un iver sit y Envir onmen tal Heal th & Sa fet y. All test ing of fir e pro tec tio n syst ems shall be scheduled through Dan Phillips at Cornell University EH&S. A minimum of 48-hour notice shall be given to EH&S for testing. The date and time for testing shall be set by Dan Phillips following the prior request notice and his scheduling of all witnessing parties. K.Provide Product Submittals and Shop Drawings. The sprinkler shop drawings being submitted to the Project Engineer shall be stamped by a licensed New York State Professional Engineer as required by the City of Ithaca. L.Provide Owner’s Operation Instruction. M.Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals. N.Provide Warra nty. O.Provide As-Built Drawings. P.Provide Firest opping a nd Smokest opping. Q.Provide openings in existing construction as required for the work of this project. R.Provide a full flow 2 " drain test and record on the test certificate. S.Provide testing of all tamper switches, alarm pressure and air supervisory switches for the existing dry pipe system as part of the final closeout work. All testing shall be coordinated with Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety, the City of Ithaca Codes Division, the Fire Alarm Contractor and the Engineer. T.Provide certification that all fire protection work has been provided per the Contract Documents, NFPA 13, and in accordance with FM Global recommendations. 1.03 RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED A.The Electrical Contractor is responsible only for the electrical connections included under Division 26, 27, 28 and the Electrical Drawings. The Fire Protection Contractor shall provide all other electrical work necessary for satisfactory operation of equipment furnished under Division 21-Fire Suppression. B.The Painting Contractor is responsible under Division 9 for painting of the fire protection piping which is not concealed in soffits, above drop ceilings or in chases. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE 21 00 00 - 3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 1437 1.04 DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION DESCRIPTION A.The technical specifications of this Contract are arranged for the convenience of the Owner and Designers into Divisions of Work. The Work of Division 21 - Fire Suppression is further described in Specification Sections of the 21 00 00 Series and on Contract Drawings of the “F” series. B.The organization of the work into Divisions shall not relieve the Prime Contractor from providing all of the work shown on the complete set of Drawings or specified herein, whether or not the individual subcontractors correctly identify their respective responsibilities. 1.05 OTHER DIVISION SPECI FICATIONS APP LICABLE TO THIS WORK A.To the extent that the Work of the Division of Contract includes the work of other trades, the Contractor for this Division shall adhere to the requirements of other specification sections. All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with the Division 26, 27 and 28 specifications. All General Construction work shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the appropriate Division 2 through Division 14 Sections. Fire detection work shall conform to the Division 28 sections. Painting shall be performed by the Painting Contractor under Division 9. 1.06 CODES AND STANDARDS A.Building Code of New York State, 2010 Edition. B.Sprinkler Systems - NFPA 13 - Latest issue recognized by Building Code of New York State at time of Permit issue. C.Standpipe Systems - NFPA 14 - Latest issue recognized by Building Code of New York State at time of Permit issue. D.Inspection Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Systems - NFPA 25 - Latest issue recognized by Building Code of New York State at time of permit issue. E.FM Global recommended practices for the installation of fire sprinkler systems. 1.07 APPROVAL CERTIFICATES A.The work of this Contract shall comply with the requirements of the City of Ithaca and the Owner’s Insurance Carrier. B.Contractor shall submit at least four (4) sets of the Contractor’s working Drawings to the City of Ithaca Codes Office and secure its approval. The Contractor shall submit four (4) sets of working Drawings to the Owner’s Insurance Carrier and secure its comments. C.Before seeking final approval of the installed system from the Authority Having Jurisdiction, the installing company shall furnish a written statement that the work covered by the Contract has been completed, flushed and tested in accordance with the approved Plans and Specifications. This shall be the “Sprinkler Contractor’s Certificate Covering Materials and Tests” described in NFPA 13. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of three original sets of Material & Test Certificates for each area to be signed by the Contractor and the Engineer or designated Owner’s Representative. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE 21 00 00 - 4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 1437 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A.Provide Products as detailed in Specification Section 21 05 00. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A.Provide Execution as detailed in Specification Section 21 05 00. ***END OF SECTION*** CORNELL DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION Ithaca, New York SECTION 21 05 00 - FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A.The Work of Division 21 – Fire Suppression Systems Sections applies to the Work of this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A.Provide Basic Materials and Methods. B.Provide valve signage. Provide metal enamel valve signs on each valve provided under this project, identifying the function of each fire protection control, drain and test valves provided. C.Provide labeling of piping in mechanical and non-public spaces indicating direction of flow, with label reading “Fire Sprinkler Water” for sprinkler systems and “Fire Standpipe Water” for stand pipe sys tems on al l expos ed pipi ng 2" and larger. Tags may be decals, painted on templates or wrap around tags securely fastened. D.Provide fires toppi ng and smokes toppi ng. E.Provide openings in existing construction as required for the work of this project. F.Provide complete testing of all fire protection alarm devices for sprinkler systems which had fire protection work performed as part of this Contract. G.Provide return bends on all pendent sprinklers provided on this Project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Provide submitt als fo r the fo llowi ng: 1.Firestopping and smokestopping 2.Pipe fi ttings and coup lings 3.Pipe hangers, brackets, supports and attachments 4.Pipe markers 5.Steel pipe 6.Protection and storage of materials and the work 7.Signage 8.Sleeves , inser ts and o penin gs 9.Sprinkler heads 10.Sprinkler cover plates and escutcheons 11.Sprinkler head cabinets and wrenches 12.Valves 13.Wall plates 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 B.Before actual insta llati on, the Contra ctor s hall pr epare complet e detai led Con struc tion Dr awings for the various systems in a form required by the insurance organization having jurisdiction. Submittals shall be job specific and shall not include any spurious or catalog materials not related to the specific project. These Drawings shall indicate the location of ductwork and lights as shown on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings and verified by the Contractor in the field. The contractor will be provided with one (1) set of AutoCAD Compatible Drawings of the building prepared by the Architect/Engineer. The Contractor shall field verify and confirm all dimensions and details on the AutoCAD Drawings prior to using the information on the Drawings. The Contractor shall note that the Drawings were prepared to identify general Scope of the Work for bidding purposes and are not considered or intended to be the shop drawings. The pipe sizes shown on the Drawings are based upon the Engineer’s calculations and shall be adjusted by the Contractor as required to meet the Construction Calculations. Contractor shall check the existing and proposed building Construction Drawings so as to avoid conflicts with the struc ture of the bui lding. C.Submit a sufficient quantity of the above Drawings for review by the Engineer of construction details, as necessary, considering that the Engineer will file one copy, will provide one copy to the Owner, and return remaining copies to the Contractor. An original stamped and reviewed copy of all product submittals and shop drawings are to be included in each O&M Manual. D.Shop dr awings mus t incl ude in a dditi on to th e infor mation r equir ed by NFPA 13 , the fo llowi ng: 1.Room names 2.Room numbers 3.Door ope nings 4.Door swi ngs 5.Room dimensions 6.Critical dimensions for placement of sprinkler heads, where a mechanic might misinte rpret the dra wing. E.Provide shop drawings and submittals as required by Division 21 Specification Sections. 1.04 SIGNS AND NAMEPLATES A.Furnish and install approved enamel on metal identification signs at all new water flow alarms, control valves, drain valves, test valves and alarm valves as required in NFPA 13, latest issue. Provide additional nameplates on main control valves and supply water valves to identify their function. B.Mark each sprinkler and standpipe isolating valve or low point drain valve provided under this Contract with suitable permanent tag. Where located above dropped ceiling provide permanent plastic nameplate “Fire Valve” fastened at corner of dropped ceiling tile or ceiling access door. 1.05 EXTRA PARTS A.This Contractor shall provide a supply of extra sprinklers including corresponding escutcheons/cover plates, together with a special sprinkler wrench for each type of head installed, to be housed in a steel cabinet. Sprinklers in cabinet shall include all types and ratings installed, including corresponding escutcheons. Refer to Contract Drawing F001 for quantities required. Cabinet shall be located adjacent to the sprinkler valve header. Spare head quantities shall be provided as indicated in the Division 21 Specification Sections. The cabinets shall be labeled indicating the specific areas for which these spare sprinklers are suited. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 1.06 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A.Upon completion of the work of this Section, instruct a representative of the Owner fully in the opera tion an d mainte nance o f all s ystems and equipmen t inst alled under t his wor k. B.Operating Manuals: Include in the operating manuals the inspection schedule and report form as described in NFPA 25 Standard for the Inspection Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Prote ction Systems. Al so incl ude the “Contr actor s Mate rial a nd Tes t Certi ficat e for Abo ve Ground Piping” as described in NFPA 13. C.Provide FM Global recommended practices for inspection, testing and maintenance of fire protection systems. 1.07 APPROVALS A.All materials and equipment furnished as a part of this work shall be Underwriters’ approved or FM approved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING A.Interio r Pipin g: 1.Pipe:Black steel, Schedul e 40, ASTM A53, Type F, Grade A. a.Manufacturer: Allied Tube or approved equal. B.Fittings: 1.Grooved fittings and couplings for type of pipe employed: a.Standard finish. b.Manufacturer: Victaulic, Gruv-lok or approved equal. 2.Thre aded fi ttings for scr ewed pi ping. a.Type: Black cast-iron Class 125, black malleable iron, Class 150. b.Manufacturer: Ward Manufacturing or approved equal. 3.Provide “flus h seal ga skets” for all groove cou plings insta lled on dry pipe system pip ing. a.Manufacturer: Victaulic, Gruv-lok or approved equal. 4.Welding of galvanized pipe is not allowed. C.Joints: 1.As per NFPA 13. 2.Use of grooved joints on pipe shall be acceptable. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 3.Couplings for grooved end pipe may be used. a.Manufacturer: Victaulic, Gruv-lok or approved equal. b.Victaulic EZ couplings or similar products are not permitted for use on this project. 4.Threaded joints shall be acceptable on pipe sizes 2" and smaller and shall generally be provided for pipe sizes 2" and smaller. 2.02 VALVES A.Ball Valves: 1.Brass, full port valves with minimum rating of 250 psi. 2.Manufacturer: Anvil Star Fig 171N full port or approved equal. 3.Provide ball valves for low point drains and flushing connections. 2.03 HANGERS, BRACKETS AND SUPPORTS A.Hangers shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA Standards 13. B.All hanger attachments, brackets and supports shall be plated. C.Provide the fol lowing: 1.Plated Clevis rings for piping size 2½" and larger. Make: PHD Manufacturing or approved equal. 2.Plated loop rings or plated Clevis rings are acceptable for pipe sizes 2" and smaller. Make: PHD Manufacturing or approved equal. 3.Provide stainles s steel hanger rings on al l piping exposed in bat hrooms. Make: PHD Manufacturing or approved equal. D.Hanger Rods: 1.Provide zinc or cad plated all-thread rod for hangers on pipe not exposed in bathrooms. 2.Provide stainless steel rods for hangers on exposed pipe in bathrooms. 3.Make: PHD Manufacturing or approved equal. E.Provide submittals on all wood joists hanger attachments proposed for use on this Project. 2.04 SPRINKLERS A.All sprinklers provided on this Project shall be Standard Response and of the manufacturer that matches the existing sprinklers. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 B.Pendent Sprinklers: 1.Recessed and Exposed: a.Description: Standard Response pendent sprinkler with glass bulb. Orifice shall be ½" with K=5.6. Temperature rating shall be 155°F; mechanical room shall be 200°F. Provide two-piece recessed escutcheon where installed in drop ceilings. Sprinklers and escutcheons finish shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Pendent sprinklers on exposed piping shall be white finish in public spaces and brass finish in mechanical rooms. b.Make: Tyco Series TY-B, SIN: TY3251 or approved equal. 2.Concealed Pendent Sprinklers: a.Description: Standard Response concealed pendant sprinkler with glass bulb, and drop away cover plate. Orifice shall be ½". Temperature rating shall be 155°F for the sprinkler and 130°F for the plate. K factor shall be 5.6. b.Make: Tyco Series RF11 Royal Fl ush Concealed Pende nt Sprinkler, SIN: TY3551 or approved equal. c.Finish shall be white or as directed and approved by the Architect. C.Sidewall Sprinkler: 1.Standard Coverage: a.Description: Standard Response vertical or horizontal sidewall sprinkler with glass bulb. Orifice shall be ½", with K=5.6. Temperature rating shall be 155°F. Provide one-piece or recessed two-piece escutcheon as indicated on Contract Drawings. Sprinkler and escutcheon shall be white finish or as indicated on Contract Drawings and approved by Architect. b.Make: Tyco Series TY-B, horizontal sidewall SIN: TY3351 and vertical sidewall SIN: TY3451 or approved equal. D.Upright Sprinkler: 1.Quick Response: a.Description: Standard Response upright sprinkler with glass bulb. Orifice shall be ½" with K=5.6. Temperature rating shall be 155°F. Rating for Mechanical Rooms shall be 200°F. Provide white finish in unfinished spaces and brass finish in mechanical rooms. b.Make: Tyco Series TY-B, SIN: TY3151 or approved equal. E.Sprinkler Finishes: 1.Finishes for Sprinklers in finished rooms shall be standard white or as scheduled. Refer to Contract Drawings for specific finishes in defined spaces. All finishes shall be reviewed and approved by the Architect. 2.Finishes for Sprinklers in unfinished rooms on exposed pipe shall be white. 3.Finishes for Sprinklers in Mechanical Rooms shall be brass. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 2.05 SPRINKLER ACCESSORIES A.Head Cabinets: 1.Provide steel sprinkler head cabinets of sufficient size and quantity to house all spare sprinklers, cover plates, escutcheons and head wrenches. 2.Manufacturer: Tyco Fire Protection Products or approved equal. B.Sprinkler Wrenches: 1.Provide sprinkler head wrenches for each specific type of sprinkler provided under this Contract. 2.Manufacturer: Shall be the same as sprinkler heads. 2.06 VALVE SIGNAGE AND TAGS A.Seton Nameplate Co. or approved equal. 2.07 FIRESTOPP ING AND SMOKESTOPP ING A.Bio-Stop sealant. B.Manufacturer: Rectorseal Corporation or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING A.Abovegrou nd Pipi ng: 1.Support pipe using hanger spacing requirements in NFPA 13. 2.Supports shall be in such a quantity and in such an arrangement as to sustain the loads and retain the piping securely in position. Hangers shall prevent the lateral movement of piping in the event of reactive forces due to sprinkler activation. 3.Pitch all piping to low point drain connections for proper drainage. 4.No holes are to be cut in the concrete shear walls or in floors without the prior review and approval of the Structural Engineer. 3.02 SLEEVES A.Special requirements regarding sleeves: 1.Provide sleeves on all gypsum drywall and concrete block walls unless permitted to be omitted per subpara graph 2 below. 2.Where the listing of the firestop sealant shows an approval for the actual type of wall encountered, and that approval is without the requirement for a sleeve, wall sleeves may be omitted in the cases that the piping on at least one side of the wall is fully enclosed in a gypsum wallboard soffit. 3.If the pip e is pas sing thr ough a wal l and is expose d on both sides o f the wa ll, a sl eeve will still be required. 4.If the pipe is passing through a wall which is not smooth or may damage the pipe, a sleeve will still be required. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 7 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 5.If the pipe is passing through a solid concrete or solid block wall, and the opening is smooth, sleeves may be omitted. 6.If the pipe is passing through a new floor or an existing floor of other than concrete construction, sleeves are required in all cases. Extend the sleeve to 1" above finished floor. 7.If the pipe is passing through an existing concrete floor, sleeves are desired unless placing the sleeve will require drilling an opening so large as to affect the structural integrity of the building. In cases where it is possible to core an opening in existing concrete floors, which will be large enough to admit a sleeve, it is desired to provide a sleeve which will extend 1½" above finished floor level to assist in minimizing water migration to lower floors. See details on the Plans. 3.03 SPRINKLER SYSTEM A.Install complete dry pipe sprinkler systems renovations at 112 Edgemoor Lane, conforming to NFPA 13, FM Global Recommendations and as shown on the Contract Drawings. B.Provide piping, sprinkler heads, flushing connections and all appurtenances as shown on the Contract Drawings. C.All fire protection system shutdowns shall be scheduled with Cornell University Customer Service at EH&S. The Fire Protection Contractor shall provide a hydrostatic test on the entire dry pipe sys tem util izing the availab le wate r pres sure f or a per iod of 2 hours wi th no vis ible l eaks and no loss in pressure. In addition, The Fire Protection Contractor shall provide a pneumatic test of 40 psi for 24 hours with a minimum loss of 1½ psi on the entire dry pipe system following rough-in of the Contract provided piping. These tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer, City of Ithaca Fire Department and Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. All testing of fire protection systems shall be scheduled through Dan Phillips at Cornell University EH&S. In the event that leaks are created on existing piping that was not compromised by the work performed under this Contract, the Fire Protection Contractor shall make the necessary repairs under a separate change order or accepted proposal request as authorized by the Architect. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION OF VALVES A.All control, drain, and test connection valves provided under this Contract shall be provided with permanently marked weather-proof metal or rigid plastic identification signs. The sign shall be secured with corrosion-resistant chain, or other approved means. The signs shall consist of red lettering, 1" in height on a white background. 3.05 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A.The Con tract or shal l be req uired to prep are and submit a s et of Di vision 21 “As-Bui lt” Dra wings as the portions of work are completed and prior to application for final payment. B.The “As-Built” Drawings shall include a full set of the ‘as bid’ or ‘conformed’ Contract Drawings or Engineer approved shop drawings for Division 21, and Divisions assigned to Division 21 such as Divisions 26, 28 and 33, plus all drawings prepared by the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers and vendors for those Divisions. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 8 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 C.The submitted Drawings shall be in the form of full size as-bid or approved fire protection shop drawings first plus additional drawings and attachments following. The Drawings shall be clean, original paper copies of the Contract Drawings or approved Fire Protection Contractor shop drawings, marked up in red pencil or pen with the Contra ctor’s markups. For Floor Pl ans drawn at less than ¼" scale, the field drawings shall be expanded to ¼" scale to provide room for mark ups. D.The Contractor shall maintain a dedicated set of Construction Drawings at a protected location at the job site for the continuous documentation for these as-builts. The Contractor shall record the actual installed locations of devices, valves, sprinkler heads, bulk mains, cross mains, branch line piping and fire protection risers for all fire protection systems. Record any and all variations from the original Construction Drawings or approved fire protection shop drawings in neat, legible, hand drawn lines and text. Attach copies of Contractor’s field sketches and note where they pertain. E.Confirm that all information provided to the Contractor in the Form of Request for Information (RFI) responses, accepted Requests for Proposal (RFPs), Change Orders and Supplemental Instructions (SIs) are properly conveyed on the Drawings. Show the actual changes made, do not just paste a copy of the RFI, RFP, ASI, CO unless that document includes a full scale drawing which accurately represents the work actually installed. F.Confirm that the room names and numbers shown on the As-Built’s are the actual room numbers and names posted on the rooms at the time of turn over. G.Confirm that extra sprinklers, cabinets and wrenches are provided and properly labeled and located as specified. H.Confirm that fire protection valves are properly labeled with specified signage and that hydraulic placards are provided. I.For work which becomes concealed as part of the project, keep an accurate record and show on “As-Built” Drawings the actual installed location of any concealed work such as underground services, piping, valves, etc. Provide location on Record Drawings for outside services by indicating actual dimensions from fixed reference points which will be available after completion of construction. “Tie” two (2) dimensions from different reference points to confirm locations of concealed work. J.For projects extending more than three months, provide the original “as-built” to the Engineer as the work is completed on sections of the project and obtain a receipt from the Engineer. The Contra ctor s hall be respon sible for the safe kee ping and mainten ance of the “As-Bu ilt” Dr awings throughout construction, and for maintenance of one (1) photocopy at the Contractor’s office for a period of not less than three (3) years following final acceptance. K.Provide the original copies of the “As-Built” Drawings to the Architect or Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions and Division 1. Unless reproducible “As-Built” Drawings are required under the General Condition and Division 1, provide the original paper copy of “As-Built” Drawings to the Engineer. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 9 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 3.06 CERTIFICATES AND GUARANTEE A.At completion of the job and prior to final payment, Contractor shall deliver to the Owner and Architect copies of Certificates of Approvals by all organizations having jurisdiction over this Project, and “Contractor’s Material and Test Certificate” for both the sprinkler and standpipe system as required by NFPA 13. 3.07 EXTRA PARTS A.The Contractor shall provide extra sprinklers and corresponding escutcheons or cover plates, together with a special sprinkler wrench for each type of head installed. Provide spare head quantities as indicated in the Sprinkler Legend on Drawing F001. All sprinklers, cover plates, escutcheons and wrenches shall be housed in approved sprinkler head steel cabinets. Sprinklers in cabinet shall include all types and ratings installed. Cabinets shall be located next to sprinkler valve header. Each cabinet shall be labeled to designate the specific areas for which the spare sprinklers are supplied. 3.08 INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND APPRO VALS A.A full functional test shall be conducted of all pressure switches, water motor gongs, flow switches, valve tamper switches and any other alarm switches or limit switches, existing and new provided on the building’s fire protection systems. The test shall be coordinated with the Fire Alarm Installation Contractor (Division 28), the Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety, and the City Codes Enforcement and shall be witnessed by the Engineer. Provide a completed checklist of each device in the O&M Manuals. It is the intent that all new and existing fire suppression systems, alarms and trouble devices be tested and the results recorded with a complete report submitted to the Engineer for review and included in the O&M Manuals. B.Provide adequate time and manpower to coordinate and conduct testing with all parties involved. 3.09 TESTING A.Due to the minimal amount of sprinkler piping being provided under this Contract, the standard NFPA 13 200 psi hydrostatic test is not required. However, the Fire Protection Contractor shall provide a hydrostatic test utilizing the available water pressure for two hours with no visible lea ks and no lo ss in pres sur e for the e nti re sy ste m. B.Pneumatic testing of the entire system is required upon completion of the rough-in of the piping provided under this Project. The test shall provide for a 40 psi air test for 24 hours with a maximum loss of 1½ psi. The test shall be witnessed by the Engineer, City of Ithaca Fire Department and Cornell University EH&S. C.All fire protection testing shall be scheduled through Dan Phillips at Cornell University EH&S. 3.10 HANGERS, BRACKETS, SUPPO RTS A.Install all necessary supports to hold pipe and other apparatus in their permanently installed position per NFPA 13. 3.11 SPRINKLERS A.Concealed Pendent Sprinklers: 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 10 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 1.Install in rooms with drop ceilings or soffits as shown on Plans. B.Sidewall Sprinklers: 1.Install where indicated on the Drawings. C.Upright Sprinklers and Pendent Sprinklers on Exposed Pipe: 1.Install in any unfinished area without a ceiling or where indicated on the Drawings. D.Install sprinklers in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, NFPA 13 and FM Global recommendations. E.Sprinkler heads shall not be painted. Provide temporary coverings to protect heads while painting of walls and ceilings is proceeding. Painted sprinkler heads shall be replaced. 3.12 SUBMITTALS A.Type - Provide Submittals for materials and equipment including product data of Shop Drawings, Coordination Drawings and Samples as scheduled in respective Sections of this Division. All Shop Drawings shall be submitted electronically through the Prime Contractor. B.Contractor Verification of Appropriateness of Submittal - The Contractor shall personally verify that the products depicted on the submittal are in conformance with the Contract and that the capacity and quantities are accurate. The Contractor shall thoroughly verify sizes, dimensions and connection requirements. The Contractor shall then mark the Project Name, the Date, the Contractor firm name, the words “Checked for Compliance” and signature of the Contractor employee. Submittals which have not been checked and marked by this Division Contractor (and by the General Contractor if this Division Contractor is a subcontractor) will not be reviewed by the Engineer. C.Product Data - Provide submittals of product data for each product to be utilized on the Project. Submittals for equipment shall include detailed and dimensional literature and catalog data showing detailed compliance with the Contract documents. Submittals shall include a copy of the manufacturer’s printed installation instructions for the equipment proposed. Submittals for electrically energized equipment shall show all electrical characteristics and inter-connection requirements. Where the product data shows products and materials of different sizes, the Contractor shall circle, arrow or otherwise designate the specific equipment for this project. Submittals not so designated or full product line catalogs will be rejected. D.Engineer’s Review of Shop Drawings - The Engineer’s review of Shop Drawings signifies only that such drawings appear to be in substantial conformity with the Contract drawings and Specifications. Such a review does not relieve the Contractor from complying with the Plans and Specifications. The Engineer shall not verify quantities nor shall he indicate approval of every detail on the submittal nor acceptance of any omission. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 11 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 3.13 MARKING OF SUBM ITTALS The Engineer shall return copies of the Submittals marked as follows: A.“Reviewed for General Compliance Only - No Exception Taken” - Drawings bearing this comment have been found to be generally in conformance with the intent of the Plans and Specifications. B.“Reviewed for General Compliance Only - Make Noted Corrections” - Drawings bearing this comment have been found to be generally in conformance with the intent of the Plans and Specifications, with the exception of the noted items. A resubmittal to the Engineer is not required and it is understood the Contractor will make the noted corrections. C.“Reviewed for General Compliance Only - Revise and Resubmit” - Drawings bearing this comment have been found to contain a substantial departure from the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor must make a new corrected submittal. D.“Reviewed for General Compliance Only - Rejected” - Drawings bearing this comment depict materials, equipment or supplies which are not judged by the Engineer to meet the requirements of the P lans an d Speci ficat ions. T he Cont racto r shal l provid e a new su bmittal on alte rnati ve equipment. E.“Reviewed for General Compliance Only - Not Reviewed; Returned” - Submittals bearing this comment have not been reviewed and are returned to the Contractor. F.“Reviewed for General Compliance Only - Additional Submittal Required” - Submittals bearing this comment have been found to be generally in conformance with the intent of the Plans and Specifications; however, more information is required and a resubmittal is required. 3.14 SAMPLES A.The Contractor shall, when required, submit to the Engineer for review, typical samples of materials equipment and products. The Samples shall be properly identified by tag, and shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of the time when they are to be incorporated into the work so that r ejec tion t hereo f will not cau se dela y. 3.15 PROCEDURE AND SCHEDULE OF WORK A.Where work occurs within or attached to an existing structure perform all work only on approved schedule. Do not interfere with normal operation of existing systems. Do not shut off any heating, fire protection, plumbing or electric facilities without permission of proper party in charge. Do as much as possible prior to the shutdown to minimize the shutdown time. Contractor shall make tempora ry conne ction s to ena ble an o rderl y progres s of the work. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 12 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 3.16 ORDER OF WORK A.If, in the judgement of the Architect, it becomes necessary at any time during construction in order to accelerate work and/or complete certain areas of project the Contractor shall concentrate his entire efforts and manpower to certain designated areas. The Contractor shall complete work in certain areas ahead of the rest of the work so same can be turned over to the Owner. Contractor shall confer with the Architect, Engineers, all other Contractors to agree upon schedule procedure. Contractor shall follow this schedule diligently. Contractor shall expedite certa in port ions of work to avoi d delayi ng other Contra ctors ’ work. 3.17 PROTECTION AND STORAGE OF M ATERIALS AND THE WORK A.Protection from freezing - During construction and until final acceptance, protect from freezing all fixtures, equipment and piping, both in building, trenches, etc. Any damage shall be replaced at Contractor’s expense to meet Architect’s approval. B.Materials and Equipment - Store on dry base six (6) inches above ground or floor. Protect from rusting or other weather damage. Keep covered with waterproof covering. Protect against theft or damage from any cause or by any person; assume full responsibility; replace items stolen or damaged at no cost to Owner. Items subject to corrosion shall be kept in building under cover or other weather-tight enclosure. Boilers or tanks shall not be stored outside for more than one month. Items subject to moisture damage shall be stored in a heated area, such as oil and gas burner controls, electrical devices, motors, etc. Store materials and equipment at site in an orderly manner, in such location that will not interfere with other work and will not obstruct access to building or existing buildings or facilities. After installation and until acceptance, protect from damage by plaster, concrete, paint, falling objects, other workmen. etc. Protect all finished surfaces of equipment, fixtures, unit cabinets, finned pipes, etc. Full responsibility rests with Contractor supplying equipment for replacing any equipment damaged or marred prior to final acceptance. Contractor shall immediately replace any of his protective covering removed at any time by others. 3.18 CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Each Contractor shall do all cutting and patching required for installation of this work. He shall do all cutting and patching required for improperly located or sized sleeves or openings in new construction. He shall not cut waterproofed walls or floors except as directed. He shall not cut reinforcin g steel or pierce st ructural members without special writt en permission of Archi tect. He shall cut in a pproved manner to avoid dama ge to adj acent work. B.Each Contractor shall patch all cut holes as directed by Architect. C.Each Contractor shall examine General Plans for new construction for proper clearances and inspect all pipe chases and crawlspaces. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 13 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 3.19 CLEAN UP A.Cleaning equipment - Clean all equipment, fixtures and piping. Remove labels at completion of work. Do not remove permanently installed labels such as U.L. approval, etc. Remove all protective grease, paper, etc., using approved detergent and water. Remove rust, scale, etc. with wire brush, sand paper or other approved means. Leave ready for painting when directed. B.Disposal of Unused Materials - Clean up debris frequently and when directed by Architect. Remove from premises. Minimize dust generation while removing debris by wetting down. C.Existing Buildings: 1.Material, equipment, etc. specified to be removed and not reused shall be removed from premises and becomes property of Contractor. 2.Material, equipment, etc., specified to be removed and remain property of Owner shall be removed carefully, avoiding damage and stored where directed. 3.Mater ial, eq uipment , etc., specif ied to b e removed a nd reus ed shal l be remove d caref ully, avoiding damage, relocated as shown, and reconnected and put into operating condition. D.Disposal of Discarded Materials - The Division 21 Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the removal from site and legally approved disposal of all debris, packaging, unused materials and refuse generated by his portion of the Project. The Division 21 Contractor shall not discard any materials in receptacles maintained by the Owner. 3.20 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION A.Prepare copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual and submit to the Engineer for approval. The number of copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manual shall be four (4) copies. B.The Operation and Maintenance Manual shall be bound in a 3 ring binder. The binder shall be a view binder with clear vinyl panels on cover and spine, as available at Office Max or other office supply stores. On the spine of the manual mark the project number, the name of the building, the name of the project, the words “O&M Manual” and the trade (plumbing, HVAC, electric, etc), in letters ¼" to ½" high. On the cover provide similar information. It is the intent of this paragraph to require O&M Manuals to be identifiable while stored in a bookshelf. Stick-on labels are not acceptable. Contractor names on spine of binders are not acceptable. C.The first page of the O&M Manual shall be a cover sheet listing the Contractor, Contractor’s address, contact person, telephone and fax number, and the same information for major subcontractors. Identify the name and contact person of the Engineer, Architect, and project manager. D.The second page of the O&M Manual shall be a typed guarantee from the contractor with a 1 year guarantee stated as commencing on the date of final acceptance. Identify this date. E.The th ird page of the O&M manual sh all be an inde x sheet listi ng the type of equi pment (e .g. “swit chgear”). The vendor or distr ibuto r (e.g. “E lect Sa les Co Inc.”), the contac t pers on (e.g. “John Smith”) and the phone and fax number. This information shall be provided for each source of supply or subcontractor used on the contract. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 14 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 F.The remaining pages in the Manual shall include tabs for sections. Each section shall be a specification section of type of equipment installed under the contract. It shall include information on each replaceable part, valve and appurtenance and on each item capable of requiring lubrication, maintenance or adjustment. G.Each ta b secti on shal l incl ude the follo wing: 1.Original approved Shop Drawing 2.Manufacturer’s O&M information 3.Parts list H.The Operation and Maintenance information for each item shall include a copy of the accepted Shop Drawing, plus all manufacturer’s printed installation, operation and maintenance instructions. Photocopies of manufacturer’s information are not acceptable. Only original manufacturer’s catalog and O&M information is acceptable. Delete information not specific to this project and highlight by arrows the specific parts furnished under the project. I.In each manual, provide spare parts lists and directories for all equipment. J.In each manual, provide a photocopy of all test reports, electrical, plumbing or other inspections, fire system test reports and any other data test or certification data. K.Compilation of Shop Drawings only is not considered an adequate Operation and Maintenance Manual and will be returned to the Contractor for re-submission. L.The Contractor shall include a completed copy of the O&M Manual checklist which follows this section as the last page of the O&M Manual. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 15 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 O&M Manual Checklist Date (Include completed copy of this Checklist in O&M Manual when submitted) Project Trade: Project Name Copies of O&M Manuals received on View Binders w/clear vinyl panels on cover & spine Name of building and project, words “O&M Manual” and name of trade (i.e. HVAC) on spine* *(no stick-on labels or contractor names on spine) ......................................................................................... O&M Manual PAGE 1: Cover She et lis ting: Contractor Each Major Subcontractor Contr act or Na me Cont rac tor Name Contractor’s Address Contractor’s Address Contact person Contact person Tel. & Fax #’s Tel. & Fax #’s Project Mgr. Engineer Name Architect Company Name Company Name Contact person Contact person ......................................................................................... O&M Manual PAGE 2 : Typed guarantee from contractor w/ 1 year guarantee stated as commencing on the date of final acceptance by the University. Date must be identified. ................................................................................................... O&M Manual PAGE 3: Index she et lis ting: Source of Supply** Source of Supply Type of equipment Type of equipment (i.e. cabinet heaters) (i.e. air handler) Vendor or distributor Vendor or distributor Contact person Contact person Tel. & Fax # Tel. & Fax # **This information shall be provided for each source of supply used in contract. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 16 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 1437 O&M Manual - Remaining Pages:Checklist Page 2 Information on each piece of equipment installed under the division Information of each replaceable part, valve and appurtenance Information on each item requiring lubrication or adjustment Tabbed sections for each specification section or type of equipment Original approved Shop Drawing Manufacturer’s O&M information*** Parts list *** Photocopies of manufacturer’s information not acceptable Spare Parts list Photoco py of a ll t est repo rts (i.e . fir e ala rm) Photocopy of all inspections (i.e. plumbing, electrical) Photocopy of all certification data Photocopy of facility lubrication chart Photocopy of facility valve chart Copy of complete temperature control & operating instructions Completed copy of checklist last page of O&M Manual ***END OF SECTION*** CORNELL DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Ithaca, New York SECTION 23 00 00 - HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HVAC 23 00 00 - 1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 1437 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for Division 23, Heati ng, Vent ilati ng and Air Condit ionin g Work. 1.02 DIVISION 23 - DESCRIPTION A.The technical specifications of this Contract are arranged for the convenience of the Owner and Contractor into Divisions of work. The work of Division 23, HVAC, is further described in Specification Sections of the 23 00 00 Series and on contract drawings of the “M” series. B.The organization of this work into Divisions shall not relieve the Prime Contractor from providing all of the work shown on the complete set of drawings or specified in the complete set of Spec ifica tions , whethe r or not the ind ividua l subco ntrac tors c orrec tly ide ntify t heir r espec tive responsibilities. 1.03 OTHER DIVISION SPECI FICATIONS APP LICABLE TO THIS WORK A.The Work of Section 22 05 00 Plumbing Basic Materials and Methods applies to the Work of this Section. B.All General Construction work shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the appropriate Division 1 through Division 19 Section. All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with appropriate Division 26 Sections. 1.04 WORK INCLUDED The work of this Division shall include providing all materials, labor, services, permits and related work to furnish a complete, operating, tested, functioning, documented HVAC System including all work shown, specif ied or r equir ed for p roper system ope ratio n inclu ding but not limi ted to t he foll owing: A.Provide Basic Materials and Methods. B.Provide Submittals. C.Provide Ductwor k. D.Provide HVAC Ducts and Casings. E.Provide demolition and removal of existing ductwork and removal of all debris from site and proper disposal of same. F.Provide piping insulation. G.Provide air and water balance at completion of project, provide report. H.Provide maintenance of system in good condition until final acceptance. CORNELL DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Ithaca, New York SECTION 23 00 00 - HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HVAC 23 00 00 - 2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 1437 I.Provide openings in existing and new construction as required for the work of this Division. J.Provide Owner’s Operation Instruction K.Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals - four (4) copies L.Provide Warra nty M.Provide “As-Buil t” Draw ings N.General Seismic Criteria: Mechanical and Electrical systems are exempt from seismic bracing requi rements in this buildi ng. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A.Provide products as specified in Division 23. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF THE WO RK A.Confor m to Divisi on 23 Spe cific ation s for in stall ation and exec ution of work. ***END OF SECTION*** CORNELL DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Ithaca, New York SECTION 23 21 13 - HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HYDRONIC HEATING 23 21 13 - 1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT 1437 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A.Provide a complete, operating, tested, functioning, documented, Hydronic Heating System for the Project including all work shown, specified or required for proper system operation. Include extensions of existing systems. B.Maintain this System in good condition until final acceptance. 1.02 RELATED WORK BY OTHER DIVI SIONS A.Electrical work by Electrical Contractor Division 26. The Electrical Contractor is responsible only for the electrical circuiting and connection work indicated on the electrical drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEM MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A.See Specification Section 22 05 00 for piping, valves and fittings. B.See respective Division 23 sections for equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION DETAILS A.Install in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s printed installation instructions and details. Obtain confi rmation of any verb al manuf actur er’s i nstru ction s in wri ting. 3.02 PIPE FITTINGS AND SP ECIALTIES A.Long-term trouble free operation of the hydronic heating system depends on careful installation and start-up of the hydronic piping system. Arrange piping so that all piping pitches to vented high points. Configure system so that there are a minimum of these high points. B.Run piping, true parallel, and plumb to wall, as direct as feasible, not smaller than and substantially as shown on Plans. Do not run within 6" of finished floors, across windows or with less than head clearance in finished rooms without written approval. Bent pipe, unnecessary joints, short lengths, reducing bushings and close nipples are not permitted. Ream, file, and remove all burrs from pipe before installation. C.Take runouts off top of main for equipment above the mains. Take runouts off side or bottom of main for all equipment below main unle ss specified on Drawing. Provide at least one swing joint to incl ude two elbows and a piece of pipe at least 12" long at each connection to main. D.Provide shut-off valves in supply and return main branches, and as otherwise noted. CORNELL DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Ithaca, New York SECTION 23 21 13 - HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HYDRONIC HEATING 23 21 13 - 2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT 1437 E.Provide anchors, bends, swings, etc. where shown and as required to take care of pipe expansion. F.Use eccentric reducers, flat on top for hydronic systems. G.Run all piping as high as possible or as otherwise noted on Plans. Grade all horizontal piping just off level (without sags, humps, or air pockets) up in direction flow so that same will just drain and vent. Provide manual drains with ¾" hose valve at all low points. Provide manual vents at all high points. H.Conceal piping wherever possible. Install such piping in time so as not to cause delay of other trades. I.Support with clamps and rods from above. Use individual hangers. J.Support intervals as scheduled in Section 22 05 00. K.Expansion swings: Make adequate allowance throughout for expansion and contraction of piping by means of a dequat e elbow swings or expans ion loo ps wher e neces sary. L.Valves: Provide where indicated. Locate valves for easy access and install valve stems above horizontal. Ball val ve stems may be l ocate d in any or ienta tion, but arr ange so ha ndle ca n opera te ful ly. M.Unions: Provide where indicated and at all connections to each piece of equipment with the union between shut-off and equipment. Do not conceal. N.Escutcheons: Provide where pipes pass through finished construction. O.Concealed Piping: All piping in finished rooms shall be concealed unless otherwise noted. Install all piping in time to prevent delay to work of other trades and to allow ample time for tests and approval; do not cover before approval is obtained. P.Piping Test: Test all hydronic heating system piping with 100 psig hydrostatic pressure. Pressure must hold steady for two hours without pumping. Exclude compression tanks, boiler and relief valve from test. Engineer shall provide the pressure gauge that is to be used for the test. The Contractor shall provide necessary pump, hoses and valves for filling, draining and air venting the piping system that is to be tested. Contractor shall perform a pre-test to confirm that there are no leaks. Final tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer. Q.Guarantee all piping to be free from objectionable noise or vibration and circulation through same to be free and easy at the normal operation pressure and under all loads. 3.03 INITIAL SYSTEM START-UP AND OPERATION A.Flush hydronic systems with clean water at full flow by using a hose with a double check (backflow prev ent ing) valve asse mbly at tac hed t o the domes tic wate r sys tem. B.Flush lines with domestic water pressure to remove cutting oils, iron and copper shavings, flux and other deposits. Observe the water as flushing proceeds to view the amount of suspended solids being removed by the process. Flush until water runs clear. CORNELL DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Ithaca, New York SECTION 23 21 13 - HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HYDRONIC HEATING 23 21 13 - 3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT 1437 C.Set system control for normal operation and proceed with water balance. Provide balance report. D.At the beginning of the heating and cooling seasons, provide a minimum of two 4-hour site visits for system checkout and air bleeding. Correct any flow problems and provide additional air vents as neces sary. 3.04 WATER TREATMENT A.The Contractor shall flush and clean all portions of the hydronic systems. B.The Contractor shall provide services to assist the Owner’s chemical treatment representative in applying chemical treatment. 3.05 ONE YEAR FINAL CHECKOUT A.At the completion of the first year of system operation, perform final system checkout. Add additional air vents if chronic air binding has been observed. ***END OF SECTION*** CORNELL DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL Ithaca, New York SECTION 26 84 00 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKESTOPPING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKESTOPPING 26 84 00 - 1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1437 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Specification 07 84 13 - Penetration Firestopping applies to the work of this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A.Provide firestopping and smokestopping for Fire Suppression Systems to comply with the New York State Building Code Section 712. B.Provide submittals and installation detail sheets. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Provide a schedule of each type of penetration together with the proposed method of protecting that penetration type. Schedule shall include the following details: 1.Penetrated item (e.g. wall, floor, roof) 2.Construction of item (e.g. metal studwall with gypsum wallboard) 3.Fire rating of item (e.g. 1 hour wall) 4.Description of penetrating item (e.g. 1" to 3" Schedule 40 pipe) 5.Identification of penetrating seal to be used in this case (e.g. Rectorseal biostop pipe collar) 6.UL or FM detail sheet (e.g. per attached example) 7.UL of FM system number (e.g. WL1200) B.Submittal shall include complete details for each penetration covered by this Division. C.It is intended that the submittal include each detail in full for each system used, so that it is clear that the installing Contractor has the correct reviewed information in the field. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Firestopping Materials: Provide penetration seal assemblies whose fire-resistance ratings have been determined by testing in the configurations required and which have fire-resistance ratings at least as high as that of the fire-rated assembly in which they are to be installed. 1.Comply with all applicable codes including but not limited to: a.American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). b.ASTM E 84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1)ASTM E 119 Method of Fire Tests of Building Construction Materials. 2)ASTM E 814 Test Method for Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKESTOPPING 26 84 00 - 2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1437 3)ASTM C 665 (Corrosion & Microbial Resistance Portions) Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 4) ASTM E 90 Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. 2.Listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) and /or Factory Mutual Research Corporation for each specific intended application a.UL Building Materials Directory b.UL Fire Resistance Directory c.UL 2079 Test PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A.Firestopping and Smokestopping materials shall allow normal expansion and contraction (intumescent) of the penetrating item without failure of the penetrations seal, and shall be heat absorbing (endothermic). Products may not emit hazardous, combustible or irritating by-products during installation or curing. Products shall not require special tools for installation. 2.02 MASONRY EXEMPTION A.The Contractor shall note New York State Building Code Section 712.3.1 Exemption, which states: Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, ferrous or copper pipes or steel conduits, the annular space between the penetrating item and the fire-resistance-rated wall shall be permitted to be protected as follows: 1.In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrating item is a maximum 6 (152mm) nominal diameter and the opening is a maximum 144 square inches (0.0929 m2), concrete, grout or mortar shall be permitted where installed the full thickness of the wall or the thickness required to maintain the fire-resistance rating. 2.03 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Provide products complying with requirements of the Contract Documents and made by one of the following: 1.Rectorseal 2.Hilti, Inc. 3.3M Fire Protection Products. 4.Specified Technologies Inc. 5.U.S. Gypsum Company 6.Johns Manville 7. BlazeMaster 2.04 FIRESTOPPING PRODUCTS A.Provide firestopping products which: 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKESTOPPING 26 84 00 - 3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1437 1.Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain fire resistance rating of assembly. a. F-rated systems in accordance with ASTM 814. b.T-rated systems in accordance with ASTM 814. B.Firestopping Flamespread Performance Requirements: 1.Provide products with flamespread ratings of less than 25 and smoke-development rating of less than 50 as determined in accordance with ASTM E 84. C.Firestopping UL Performance Requirements: 1.Provide products with UL ratings specified for assembly indicated as determined in accordance with UL listing. D.FM approval in lieu of UL shall be accepted by the Owner. E.Where a specific firestopping product is identified on the Drawings, either that product or a similar product which has been tested in the exact application shown on the Drawings shall be employed, after review by the Engineer. F.Firestop caulk shall be Johns Manville Firetemp Cl, Rectorseal Biostop 500+, or approved equal, except where otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2.05 SMOKESTOPPING PRODUCTS A.Provide smokestopping products which: 1.Allow normal expansion and contraction movement of the penetrating item without the failure of the penetration seal. 2.Maintain at least the smoke resistance of the barrier penetrated. 3.Firestop caulk shall be Johns Manville Firetemp Cl or approve equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Install firestopping materials in exact accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and conditions of the testing; provide all accessory materials required. B.Provide the services of a factory representative of the fire proofing product to review the installation practices and conduct training of the applications. C.Installer shall be trained to perform work. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKESTOPPING 26 84 00 - 4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1437 D.Inspection: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have final inspection review of all work performed. Contractor shall make modifications to completed and uncompleted work as directed by the AHJ at the Contractor's expense. E.Refer to the Certified Installation Instructions sheet on the following page for an example of an acceptable installation method. 3.02 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE STOPPING ITEMS A.Under Division 26, provide and pay for all firestopping materials, assemblies and labor to provide complete firestopping and smokestopping. B.Provide firestopping of penetrations at each fire-rated floor, wall or roof assembly of the following components: 1.Conduits and raceways provided by Division 26. 2.Other equipment or work provided by Division 26 which penetrates rated walls. ATTACHMENTS: Example Detail Sheet ***END OF SECTION*** CORNELL DIVISION 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS Ithaca, New York SECTION 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching": Cutting and patching procedures for selective demolition operations. 2. Division 1 Section “General Health & Safety Requirements”. 3. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls": Temporary construction and environmental-protection measures for selective demolition operations. 4. Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management." 1.02 SCOPE A. All labor, materials, etc., necessary to complete demolition, removal, and salvage work as shown on drawings, herein specified, and/or as required by job conditions. B. The furnishing and erection of protections and safeguards required during demolition and removal of work under this section. C. Removal and legal disposal of removed and demolished materials, unless indicated otherwise. D. Deactivation, removal, capping, and other preparation of mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and utility lines will be done with timing and method approved by Owner’s Representative. E. Work to be removed and indicated to be used for reinstallation or as spare parts shall be carefully removed, protected, and stored until needed. F. Daily Clean up. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off- site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain Owner’s property. Remove, clean and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner’s designated storage area. C. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare item for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in same locations or in locations indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Owner’s Representative, items may be removed to suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SELECTIVE 02 41 13-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SITE DEMOLITION 1437 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. Prior to any work taking place, the Owner's staff will remove from areas to be altered, existing, non-fixed furnishings and equipment, including contents of same, and miscellaneous items. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. B. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. B. Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification Sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. D. Perform surveys as Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A. Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SELECTIVE 02 41 13-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SITE DEMOLITION 1437 B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with Owner. 2. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building. 3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. D. Utility Requirements: Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Dangerous Materials: Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris- removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. 2. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. C. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SELECTIVE 02 41 13-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SITE DEMOLITION 1437 D. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weather- tight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects. E. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.04 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. 1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. 2. Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors of demolition enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas. B. Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 1. All rubbish shall be lowered by way of chutes, taken down by hoists, or lowered in receptacles. Under no circumstances shall any rubbish be dropped or thrown from one (1) level to another within or outside any building. C. Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SELECTIVE 02 41 13-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SITE DEMOLITION 1437 or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. 10. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. B. Existing Facilities: Comply with Owner's requirements for using and protecting stairs, walkways, building entries and other building facilities during selective demolition operations. C. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. D. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts. 3.06 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition operations. B. Patching and Repairing: Comply with Division 1 Section "Cutting, Patching and Repairing". 3.07 CLEANING UP DAILY A. Remove equipment, shoring, scaffolds and other temporary provisions from site promptly when no longer needed. B. Leave areas clean and free from material and debris daily during Contract period and upon completion. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Demolished materials and debris resulting therefrom shall be removed from the site daily and legally disposed of by the Contractor. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. *** END OF SECTION*** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SELECTIVE 02 41 13-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS SITE DEMOLITION 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Ithaca, New York SECTION 06 11 20 FRAMING AND SHEATHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Section includes miscellaneous framing and sheathing; concealed wood blocking for support of toilet and bath accessories. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 23 00 Alternates. B. Section 02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition. C. Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies. D. Section 09 30 00 Ceramic Tiling. E. Section 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring. F. Section 10 21 13 Plastic Toilet Compartments. G. 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories. 1.04 REFERENCES A. American Forest and Paper Association (AFPA): Manual for Wood Frame Construction. B. National Institute of Standards and Technology: NIST PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. C. Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association: NELMA - Standard Grading Rules for Northeastern Lumber. D. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau: SPIB - Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber. E. Western Wood Products Association: WWPA G-5 - Western Lumber Grading Rules. F. Federal Specification (FS): FF-N-105B Nails, Brads, Staples and Spikes, Wire, Cut, and Wrought. G. Building Code of New York State: Chapter 23 Wood. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Submit product data on floor sheathing materials to be used. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with: 1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by NIST PS 20. 2. Wood Structural Panel Grading Agency: Certified by EWA - The Engineered Wood Association. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FRAMING AND SHEATHING 06 11 20-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver wood products bundled or crated to provide adequate protection during transit and job storage, with required grade marks clearly identifiable. Inspect wood products for damage upon delivery. Remove and replace damaged materials. B. Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks, and under temporary coverings. C. Protect sheet materials during handling to prevent breaking of corners and damage to surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members. B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated, and into shapes shown on Contract documents. C. Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. D. Grade and Species: For dimension lumber sizes, provide No. 3 or Standard grade lumber per ALSC’s NGRs of any species. For board-size lumber, provide No. 3 Common or Standard grade per WWPA of any species. 2.02 SHEATHING MATERIALS A. Floor Sheathing: Where required to replace, extend or patch existing sheathing, provide 3/4 inch thick, 48 x 96 inch sized sheets, square edges. Verify in field to match existing sheathing types. 2.03 UNDERLAYMENT A. For kitchen floor Alternate work, if alternate is accepted: 1/4 inch high density premium plywood underlayment without core voids, fifteen year warranty. 2.04 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated, that comply with requirements specified. 1. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in areas of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip, zinc-coating per ASTM A153. B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F1667. C. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. D. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length to achieve full penetration of sheathing substrate. E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FRAMING AND SHEATHING 06 11 20-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A with ASTM A563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with Building Code of New York State Table 2304.9.1 Fastening Schedule. 3.01 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND SLEEPERS A. Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown, and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes shown and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. B. Attach to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement. C. Install permanent grounds of dressed, preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches (38.1 mm) wide, and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.02 SHEATHING A. Install floor sheathing perpendicular to framing; stagger joints. Glue and secure with screws to framing. *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FRAMING AND SHEATHING 06 11 20-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Ithaca, New York SECTION 06 40 00 CUSTOM WOODWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. At Contractors option, substitute for manufactured casework specified in Section 12 38 00 Kitchen Casework custom casework including cabinets, countertops, cabinet hardware; preparation for installing utilities in cabinets; and shop and site finishing. Use manufactured casework specified under Section 12 38 00 as Basis-of-Design for work of this Section. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 23 00 Alternates. 2. Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry. 3. Section 06 61 16 Solid Surfacing Fabrications. 4. Section 07 92 00 Sealants. 5. Section 12 38 00 - Kitchen Casework. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI A156.9 - Cabinet Hardware. 2. ANSI A208.1 - Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard. B. Architectural Woodwork Institute: 1. AWI - Quality Standards Illustrated. C. Federal Specification Unit: 1. FS A-A-1936 - Adhesive, Contact, Neoprene Rubber. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA LD 3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. E. Woodwork Institute: 1. WI - Manual of Millwork. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with AWI (Architectural Woodwork Institute) Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Premium Grade. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUSTOM WOODWORK 06 40 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 66 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect units from moisture damage. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Section 01 66 00 - Product Requirements. 2. During and after installation of Work of this section, maintain same temperature and humidity conditions in building spaces as will occur after occupancy. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be furnished for all materials and woodwork and shall be drawn in related and/or dimensional position with sections either full size or 3" scale. Indicate materials, component profiles and elevations, assembly methods, joint details, fastening methods, accessory listings, hardware location and schedule of finishes. C. Product Data: Submit data for component materials and hardware accessories. D. Samples: 1. Submit six (6) unfinished samples of each wood species which is to receive transparent finish. If approved, four will be returned to the Contractor for application of specified transparent finish and will be resubmitted. 2. Submit two 8 x 10 inch size samples, illustrating veneered panel finish. 3. Submit two 12 inch size samples, illustrating hardwood finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. Hardwood Lumber: WI Premium Grade; maximum moisture content of 8 percent; and the following: 1. Species of Wood: As specified in Section12 38 00. B. Hardwood Plywood: AWI Grade A veneer; WI Premium veneer; with particleboard core; type of glue recommended for application; and the following: 1. Species of Veneer: As specified in Section12 38 00. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUSTOM WOODWORK 06 40 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 C. Wood Particleboard: ANSI A208.1 M3 PB for casework core materials and ANSI A208.1 M2 PB for worksurface core materials; composed of 100% certified recycled or recovered wood fiber; maximum VOC emission factors of 0.3 ppm; medium density, sanded faces. D. High Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, GP50 for horizontal surfaces, GP28 for vertical surfaces, CL20 for cabinet liner surfaces, BK20 for undecorated backing sheets, PF42 for post forming, surface texture and colors as selected. Adhesive: Water based low Volatile Organic Compound (VOC), non-toxic, PVA adhesive, suitable for application. 2.02 ACCESSORIES 1. Joint Adhesive: Manufacturer’s standard two-part adhesive kit to create inconspicuous non-porous joints, with a chemical bond. (Technical Bulletin: CTDC 102). 2. Panel Adhesive: Manufacturer’s standard neoprene-based panel adhesive meeting ANSI A 136.1-1967 UL® listed. (Technical Bulletin: CTDC 102). 3. Veneer Edge Band: Standard wood veneer edge band matching face veneer. 4. uFasteners: Size and type to suit application. 5. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit application. 6. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel. 7. Grommets: Plastic or Rubber material for cut-outs. 8. Shelf Standards and Rests: Formed steel channels and rests, cut for fitted rests spaced at 1 inch centers; satin finish. Metal pin and socket shelf supports are also acceptable. 9. Drawer and Door Pulls: "U" shaped pull, aluminum with satin finish, 4 inch centers. 10. Catches: As specified in Section12 38 00. 11. Drawer Slides: As specified in Section12 38 00. 12. Hinges: As specified in Section12 38 00. 13. Sealant: Manufacturer’s standard mildew-resistant, FDA/UL® recognized silicone sealant in color matching or clear formulations (Technical Bulletin: 102, 127). 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. B. Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges for wood casework with matching veneer edging. Use one piece for full length only. C. Cap exposed high pressure decorative laminate finish edges with material of same finish and pattern. D. Door and Drawer Fronts: As specified in Section12 38 00. E. When necessary to cut and fit on site, fabricate materials with ample allowance for cutting. Furnish trim for scribing and site cutting. F. Apply high pressure decorative laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUSTOM WOODWORK 06 40 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 1. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. 2. Fabricate cabinets and counter tops with cutouts for plumbing fixtures, appliances, outlet boxes. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Prime paint cut edges. 2.04 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. C. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler matching surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. 1. Finish work in accordance with WI - Section 5 System Premium Quality; Clear Transparent Type: a. Match finish specified in Section12 38 00. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify location and sizes of utility rough-in associated with work of this section. C. Set and secure casework in place; rigid, plumb, and level. D. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall mounted components. E. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. F. Secure cabinet bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. G. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations. Conceal with solid wood plugs of species to match surrounding wood; finish flush with surrounding surfaces. H. Accessories 1. Install accessories and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Use anchors and fasteners compatible with supporting construction. 3.02 ADJUSTMENTS, CLEANING, PROTECTION A. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. B. Protect all finished work from damage by use of covers and temporary guards. Clean up upon completion of work and remove all cartons and debris resulting from work from all spaces as they are completed. *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUSTOM WOODWORK 06 40 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Ithaca, New York SECTION 06 61 16 SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Solid surface vanity tops with integral sinks. B. Alternate Kitchen Work Solid Surface Counters. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 23 00 Alternates. B. Section 06 11 20 Framing and Sheathing. C. Section 07 92 00 Sealants. D. Section 12 38 00 Kitchen Casework. E. Refer to plumbing drawings for specified plumbing fixtures and trim. Coordinate solid surface components with specified fixtures. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:- UL - Fire Resistance Directory. 3. NSF – National Sanitation Foundation. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame/smoke ratings in accordance with ASTM E84 requirements. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, thicknesses, required clearances, tolerances, materials, colors, finishes, fabrication details, field jointing, adjacent construction, methods of support, integration of plumbing components, and anchorages. B. Product Data: Submit data on specified component products, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Samples: Submit three samples representative of vanity top, 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating color, texture, and finish. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit preparation of opening required, rough- in sizes; furnish templates for cast-in or placed frames or anchors; tolerances for item placement, temporary bracing of components. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator Qualifications: Solid Surface Manufacturer’s certified solid surface Fabricator/Installer. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 B. Installer Qualifications: Products shall be installed by manufacturer’s authorized, trained installer. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. B. Verify field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 2.02 WARRANTY A. Furnish ten-year manufacturer warranty against defects in material. B. Furnish twenty five-year manufacturer warranty against thermal cracking. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Transolid, Inc, unless otherwise noted. B. Provide similar products by Wilsonart International or Dupont Corian. 2.02 FABRICATIONS - GENERAL A. Solid surface material should be homogeneous thermoset polymer compound, comprised of acrylic and polyester components filled with aluminum trihydrate. Materials are non- porous and homogeneous, with uniform color and pattern throughout entire thickness. Materials should be 100% repairable. B. Material meets following tested performance requirements: 1. Solid Surface Sheet: Nominal thickness 1/2 inch. 2. Hardness, ASTM D-2583-95: 58-60. 3. Work to Break: 8.56. 4. Flex Strength, ASTM D-790: 9, 870. 5. Mod: 1,330,000. 6. Gloss, NEMA LD 3-3 1513.2: 5-20. 7. Wear and Clean, ANSI Z124.3: Passes. 8. Abrasion Resistance, CS 221-66: No loss of pattern. 9. Cigarette Resistance, NEMA LD3-3.07: No effect. 10. Boiled Water Resistance, NEMA LD3-3.05/3.5: Renewable to no effect. 11. Slip Resistance, ASTM F-462: 0.24 12. High Temperature Resistance, NEMA LD3-3.06/3.5: No effect. 13. Chemical Resistance, ANSI Z124.3: No effect. 14. Color Stability, ASTM D-792: Slight effect at 200 hours. 15. Conductive Heat, NEMA LD3-3.08/3.8N: Slight effect. 16. Un-notched Impact, ASTM D-256-96a: 1.3. 17. Notch Impact, ASTM D-256-96a: 0.33 Ft-Lb/In. 18. Stain, ANSI Z124.3: Passes – 43. 19. Sp. Gr., ASDTM D-729-91: 1.71. 20. Water Absorption, ASTM D-570-95: 0.022. 21. Flammability, ASTM E-84: Class 1. 22. Oxygen Index, ASTM D-2863: 0.33. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 23. % Cure by DSC, Analytical: 97%. 24. GC Head Space, Analytical: 1030 PPM. C. Fire Test Data: Solid surface materials shall be classified by Underwriters Laboratories under UL file No. R14436 for surface burning characteristics. Test data for solid surface panels shall be generated according to ASTM E84; standard test method for surface burning characteristics of building materials. Procedure is catalogued by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as UL 723. For panels with thickness 1/2 inch (13mm), flame spread index shall be less than or equal to 25. Smoke Developed Index shall be less than or equal to 25. 2.03 SOLID SURFACE INTEGRAL SINKS A. Vanity Bowl Interior Dimensions: 1. Corian 820 Vanity Bowl: Size16-9/16 inches (421 mm) by 12-7/16 inches (316 mm), 7-3/8 inches (188 mm) bowl depth. 2. Bowl Color: Glacier White. B. For each sink provide integral overflow, faucet holes at 4” on center and standard drain opening. Coordinate locations with detail drawings and plumbing fixtures. 2.04 FINISHES A. Provide manufacturer’s standard matte finish. B. Vanity Counter colors: 1. Match Dupont Corian Arrowroot. C. Alternate Kitchen Counters: 1. To be selected. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Joint adhesive: Manufacturer’s standard adhesive to create inconspicuous, nonporous joints, with a chemical bond (WA8215). 2.06 FABRICATION A. Fabrication shall be by Solid Surface Manufacturer’s certified solid surface Fabricator/Installer. B. Fabricate components in shop to greatest extent practical to size and shape indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawing and Solid Surface Manufacturer’s published requirements. C. Fabricate to field measurements and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Field or shop seam as required; seamed panels shall be water-proof and seams invisible. Attach reinforcing strips under seams where required by Manufacturer. D. Rout and finish component edges to a smooth, uniform finish. Rout all cutouts then sand all edges smooth. Repair or reject defective or inaccurate work. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to receive solid surfacing. Correct any conditions that are sub- standard or will interfere with installation. Verify all supports are suitable for installation per shop drawings. 3.02 INSTALLTION A. Install products plumb and level in locations indicated, in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures. Shim as necessary using concealed shims. B. Coordinate plumbing installation with plumbing work shown on drawings. C. Form joints using manufacturer’s approved adhesive, with joints inconspicuous in finished work. D. Adhere sinks/bowls to countertop using manufacturer’s recommended joint adhesive. E. Attach top securely to base unit or support brackets in accordance with Manufacturer’s printed instructions. F. Seal between wall and component with manufacturer’s recommended silicone sealant. G. Provide backsplashes and endsplashes as indicated on drawings. Adhere to countertops using manufacturer’s recommended silicone sealant. 3.02 CLEANING A. After installation is complete, remove all excess adhesives, dirt and debris from installation 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect surfaces from damage until project is completed. B. Repair or replace damaged components. C. Provide maintenance and care instructions. *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Ithaca, New York SECTION 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes through-penetration firestop systems for penetrations through fire- and non-fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: For penetrations through fire and non-fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items, provide through-penetration firestop systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. B. Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration fire stop systems with following ratings determined per ASTM E 814, to seal each penetration through fire rated building assemblies of all types. 1. F-Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration fire stop systems with F- ratings to match fire resistance rating of building assembly into which firestopping system is installed. 2. T-Rated Systems: For ll fire rated floor-ceiling and ceiling-roof assemblies, provide fire stopping system with “T” rating of at least one hour and higher as needed to match fire resistance rating of building assembly into which fire stopping system is installed. Make “T” rating match the “F” rating. C. For through penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that, after curing, do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions both during and after construction. 1. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches (100 mm) in width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting floor loads involved, either by installing floor plates or by other means. 2. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. 3. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture-resistant through-penetration firestop systems. D. For through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, provide products with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 84 13-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated or required. B. Shop Drawings: For each through-penetration firestop system, submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency, showing each type of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and type of penetrating item. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide work of this Section using competent installers experienced in application of materials and systems being used, approved and trained by material or system manufacturer. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide through-penetration firestop systems that comply with following requirements and those specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. 1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, or another agency performing testing and follow-up inspection services for firestop systems acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through-penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Part 1 Performance Requirements" Article. Provide rated systems bearing classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. C. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that through- penetration firestop systems are installed according to specified requirements. D. Do not cover up through-penetration firestop system installations that will become concealed behind other construction until each installation has been examined by Owner's inspecting agency and building inspector, if required by authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, through-penetration firestop systems that may be incorporated into Work include, but are not limited to, those systems indicated that are produced by one of following manufacturers: 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc. 2. Grace, W. R. & Co. - Conn. 3. USG Corporation. 4. Nelson Firestop Products. 5. 3M; Fire Protection Products Division. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 84 13-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 2.02 FIRESTOPPING A. Compatibility: Provide through-penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one another; with substrates forming openings; and with items, if any, penetrating through-penetration firestop systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: Provide components for each through-penetration firestop system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. Use only components specified by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install through-penetration firestop systems to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article and with firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming/damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. C. Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspecting Agency: Owner will engage an independent inspecting agency to inspect through-penetration firestops. Independent inspecting agency shall comply with ASTM E 2174 requirements including those related to qualifications, conducting inspections, and preparing test reports. B. Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace through-penetration firestop systems so they comply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclosing through-penetration firestop systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and firestop installations comply with requirements. *** END OF SECTION*** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 84 13-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Ithaca, New York SECTION 07 92 00 SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Completely seal with sealant all joints around frames of doors, windows, other trimmed openings, counters and walls, plumbing fixtures and all other joints or spaces which include work defined for work of project and as noted to be sealed or pointed with sealant. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants. 2. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 3. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples and detailed specifications for approval and selection of colors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Interior Sealants 1. GE Silicone II KB Supreme, ASTM C920, Mildew-resistant 100% silicone sealant. Ten-year mold-free product protection. a. Colors to be approved for each location. 2. Paintable: GE Silicone II Paintable Silicone ASTM C920, Mildew-resistant 100% silicone sealant. Lifetime warranty. For locations, such as joints in ceiling materials, where finish surface is scheduled for painting. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type to suit application as recommended by manufacturer. B. Joint Filler: ASTM D1056, round open cell polyethylene foam rod, oversized 30%. C. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SEALANTS 07 92 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify joint dimensions, physical, and environmental conditions are acceptable to receive work of this section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean, prepare, and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant. C. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. D. Use joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly. E. Use bond breaker where required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release and C790 for latex base sealants. B. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. C. Prime all sides of joints, except metal and glass, with one or two coats of primer recommended by manufacturer of sealant being used. D. Remove excess caulking and sealant and leave surfaces neat, smooth, and clean. E. Finish joints neatly, smoothly, free from wrinkles, flush, and slightly concave. F. No caulking or sealing shall be done at temperatures below 40°F. G. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. H. All joints shall be watertight. I. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for material used. J. Joints: Free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. *** END OF SECTION*** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SEALANTS 07 92 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS Ithaca, New York SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. All hollow metal as shown, listed, scheduled, or described for frames including necessary anchors, cutouts, etc. to make the installation complete. B. Coordinate all door-related work regarding hardware, glazing, etc. described in other sections of specifications with door frame work. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 14 16 – Flush Wood Doors. B. Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. C. Section 09 91 00 – Painting. 1.04 REFERENCES AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives. B. NFPA 105, Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. C. NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. D. UL 10B, Standard for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. E. UL 10C, Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. F. UL 1784, Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies. G. Quality Standards: 1. WDMA Industry Standard I.S. 1A-04. 2. ANSI 115 W Series, Wood Door Hardware Standards. 3. LEED Standards as noted. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Submit shop drawings and manufacturer's product data in accordance with General Requirements, including manufacturer's standard details, specifications, and installation instructions. B. Indicate general construction, configurations, jointing methods, reinforcements, anchorage methods, hardware locations and installation details. C. Show application to project conditions. D. Submit statement from door frame manufacturer during approval process stating they have reviewed the scheduled hardware and determined that its installation in their doors will not void the labels. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HOLLOW METAL 08 11 13-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS FRAMES 1437 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with requirements of following. 1. Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (HMMA) Guide Specifications for commercial hollow metal doors and frames, and as herein specified. 2. ANSI 115.1, Door and Hardware Preparation. 3. Life Safety Codes NFPA-101, latest edition. 4. Steel Door Institute ANSI/SDI-100, latest edition. B. Manufacturer: Provide products of a recognized producer of hollow metal units complying with the Contract requirements. C. Fire-rated assemblies 1. New door and frame units: Displaying appropriate labels by UL, Warnock Hersey, or FM Approvals for fire ratings indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Ceco Door Products. B. Curries Mfg., Inc. C. Republic Builders Products Division. D. Steelcraft. E. Approved Equal. 2.02 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Frames: Steel, cold rolled or hot rolled. B. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard units. C. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of 18 gauge sheet steel minimum. 2.03 FRAMES A. Provide Level 3, Extra Heavy-Duty, 16-gauge, knockdown type frames for interior doors complete with floor and wall anchors. Frames to be field welded after installation. B. Corners to be field welded after installation. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Weld exposed joints and grind smooth. B. Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping. Reinforce units to receive surface-applied finish; hardware to be field-applied. Prepare interior single door frames for three silencers. C. Thoroughly clean frames after fabrication. D. Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth finish. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HOLLOW METAL 08 11 13-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS FRAMES 1437 E. Shop-paint all metal surfaces, whether concealed or exposed after installation, with manufacturer's standard baked-on rust-inhibitive primer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide work of this section installed in accordance with HMMA 840, manufacturer's printed instructions, and approved final shop drawings. B. Install fire-rated units in accordance with NFPA Standard 80. C. Coordinate installation with all other work. D. Field weld knockdown frame joints after installation and grind smooth. E. Touch up marred surfaces of shop paint coat after installation, and prior to painting specified in Division 9. ***END OF SECTION*** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE HOLLOW METAL 08 11 13-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS FRAMES 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS Ithaca, New York SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Solid core flush wood doors. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 11 13 – Hollow Metal Frames. B. Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. 1.04 REFERENCES AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives. B. NFPA 105, Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. C. NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. D. UL 10B, Standard for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. E. UL 10C, Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. F. UL 1784, Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies. G. Quality Standards: 1. WDMA Industry Standard I.S. 1A-04. 2. ANSI 115 W Series, Wood Door Hardware Standards. 3. LEED Standards as noted. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Submit shop drawings and manufacturer's product data in accordance with General Requirements including manufacturer's standard details, specifications, and installation instructions. B. Indicate location, size, and hand of each door, door types and elevations, blocking, hardware requirements and locations. C. Indicate fire ratings for labeled doors. D. Submit statement from door manufacturer during approval process stating they have reviewed schedule hardware and its installation in their doors will not void labels. E. Submit samples with factory finish for each wood species and transparent finish. 1.06 SAMPLES A. Submit minimum three samples of finished veneers matching species, cut and color of existing wood doors. Sample sizes minimum 12” by 12”. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING AND SITE CONDITIONS A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products under provisions of WDMA. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 B. Package doors individually and wrap bundles of doors. Inspect for damage. Do not store in damp or wet areas. HVAC systems shall be operating and balanced prior to arrival of doors. Acceptable humidity shall be no less than 25%, nor greater than 55%. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer’s Full Lifetime Warranty for Interior Solid Core Doors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. B. Eggers Industries. C. Marshfield Door Systems. D. Approved Equal. 2.02 DOOR CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL A. Workmanship: Comply with WDMA I.S. 1A-04. B. Performance Standard: Comply with WDMA I.S. 1A-04 Extra Heavy Duty. C. Veneers: 1. Grade: Premium, with A Grade Faces. 2. Species and cut: Red Oak, Plain Sliced. 3. Finish: Match existing wood doors to remain nearby. 4. Match between veneer leaves: Book match. 5. Assembly of spliced veneers: Running Balance match. 6. Pair and Set match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by mullions. D. Stiles: Same or compatible species as faces. E. Stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. 2.03 DOORS A. Non-Fire Rated Wood Doors: 1. Mat-formed particleboard conforming to ANSI A208.1-LD-2. 2. Laminated wood edge matching veneer. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame opening sizes indicated, with following uniform clearances and bevels: 1. WDMA pre-fit clearances for factory fit doors. 2. NFPA 80 for fire rated doors. 3. Manufacturer’s hardware templates. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface-applied. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame shop drawings, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. C. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standard for kind(s) of door(s) required. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. D. Apply appropriate labels. 2.05 FACTORY FINISH A. Comply with WMDA finish requirements: B. Finish doors at factory. C. Transparent Finish: WDMA TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane; stain if required to color match existing doors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location and swing characteristics, and have been installed with level heads and jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects prior to installing. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, referenced quality standards, and as indicated. B. Install factory finished doors just prior to substantial completion. C. Install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80. D. Align all doors for uniform clearance at each edge. E. Restore factory finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project Site. Touch up marred or damaged factory finish to match original factory finish. Refinish doors with obvious finish repairs in their entirety, or replace with new door. Tops, bottoms and all edges to be fully finished. F. Adjust all doors to operate and swing freely. *** END OF SECTION*** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS Ithaca, New York SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Finish hardware supplier shall furnish and install: 1. All finish door hardware as indicated and/or herein specified. 2. Hardware schedule and templates. 3. Shop drawings. 4. Keying, construction master keying. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware from single manufacturer. B. Supplier: Recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities in Project’s vicinity, that has record of successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project; that employs experienced architectural hardware consultant who is available for consultation during course of project, and will meet with Owner to confirm keying requirements and obtain final instructions. C. Installer: Use only experienced tradesmen assigned to install hardware. 1.04 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. All hardware provided for fire-rated openings shall be certified compliant with NFPA 80 and local building codes. B. All locksets shall be certified compliant with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS), and with applicable standards published by American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 1.05 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Architect's drawings and specifications indicate intent and scope. Hardware subcontractor shall be responsible for material and item coordination for each door. B. Hardware schedule shall be submitted as follows: Master list of items indicating hardware item number, description and manufacturer's reference, printed sheets complete in same manner as Architect's indicating each door and item of hardware to be applied to door. 1.06 KEYING AND KEY CONTROL A. Definitions 1. Construction Key: Key used during construction before occupancy by construction personnel. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 2. Master Key: Operates all locks in portion of system assigned to it. 3. Grand Master Key: Operates all locks in system, including possibly several master keyed systems. 4. Great Grand Master Key: Operates all locks in an area or college, including master and grand master keyed systems. B. Place all keying and key orders with approval of Owner's Representative. C. Furnish and deliver, directly to Owner Representative: 1. Cylinder Locks: Three (3) each. 2. Master Keys: Two per tenant space, total four (4). 3. Grand Master Keys: Three (3) total. 4. Great-Grand Master Keys: Three (3) total. 5. Construction Master Keys: Twenty (20) total. 6. Cylinder Lock Change: Twenty (20) for each different keyway. D. Obtain signed receipt for hand delivered items, or forward by registered mail in safety envelopes addressed by Owner's Representative. E. Keys shall be suitable for master, grand master, great-grand master and construction keying within Owner's existing system. F. Keys shall be identified per coding of building, with change number, and stamped “DO NOT DUPLICATE” as directed by Owner's Representative. G. Locks that are construction master keyed shall have all keys except construction master keys mailed directly to building coordinator. H. Keys shall be part of restricted keyway system available only through Owner's Representative. I. Deliver keys to Owner’s Representative. 1.07 FINISH SYMBOLS A. Finish symbols refer to ANSI/BHMA Finish Numbers. 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with General Requirements. 1. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. 2. Supply templates to door and frame manufacturers to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of cutouts for hardware. 3. Location of Hardware a. Door knobs centered 38" above finished floor. b. Upper edge of top hinge 5" below head of frame. c. Lower edge of bottom hinge 10" above finished floor. d. Space center hinges equal distances between top and bottom hinge. e. Push plates centered 40" above floor. f. Cylinder deadlocks centered 48" above floor. g. Push bars centered 41" above floor. h. Install all temporary hardware as required for security. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 B. Submit sample of each different type for written approval of Architect before delivery. Approved samples can be used on project. 1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Comply with requirements of General Requirements Sections 01 78 23, 01 78 36 and 01 78 39 including submission of operating and maintenance instructions. B. Furnish three (3) complete sets of specialized tools for Owner’s continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. 1.10 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Package and tag each item separately with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include installation instructions with each item or package. B. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to Project but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items that are not immediately replaceable so that completion of project will not be delayed by hardware losses before or after installation. C. Existing Conditions: Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of thicknesses, profile, swing, security and similar requirements, as necessary for proper installation and function. 1. For existing doors, provide all miscellaneous hardware items to blank off or patch where existing hardware is removed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HARDWARE FUNCTION AND ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer's names and catalog numbers are used for reference and to establish the type and quality of materials. Materials of other manufacturers which are equal in opinion of Architect may be substituted by obtaining prior approval in writing. B. Butt hinges on exterior doors shall have non-removable pins. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Hinges: McKinney, Stanley and Select. Equal products by Hager, or Roton. B. Locksets: Sargent. C. Cylinders: Sargent. D. Exit Devices: Sargent, VonDuprin, Arrow. E. Closers: Sargent, LCN, Rixson, Norton. F. Silencers: Ives, Glynn-Johnson G. Trim & Miscellaneous: Burns, Glynn-Johnson, Hager, Ives, National Guard, Pemko, Reese, Rixson-Firemark, Rockwood, Select, Stanley, VonDuprin, Door Controls International (DCI). 2.03 BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCTS A. See Hardware Sets. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions under which door hardware is to be installed. Notify Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. B. Paint primed hardware to match frames. C. Set thresholds in sealant. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware to ensure proper operation or function. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for application made. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. 3.04 SITE SECURITY A. Contractor shall be responsible for losses which can be attributed to unsecured openings. 3.05 HARDWARE SETS A. Provide hardware for each door to comply with requirements of hardware set numbers indicated on door schedule and in following schedule of “Hardware Sets” indicating quantity, item, manufacturer’s product designation, size, and finish or color applicable. B. Door No. 1 1. 3 Hinges TA2714 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 US10 McKinney 2. 1 Lockset, Inst Privacy 8267 LNL US10 Sargent 3. 1 Closer 351 O 10 Sargent 4. 2 Kickplates ANSI J102 12 x 34 US10 Burns 5. 3 Silencers SR64 Gray Ives 6. 1 Wall Stop 408 US10 Ives *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 9 FINISHES Ithaca, New York SECTION 09 21 13 PLASTER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Patching existing plaster systems. B. Lath, trim and accessories, for matching and patching existing systems. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 73 29 Cutting, Patching and Repairing. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C28 - Standard Specification for Gypsum Plasters. 2. ASTM C35 - Standard Specification for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster. 3. ASTM C206 - Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime. 4. ASTM C631 - Standard Specification for Bonding Compounds for Interior Gypsum Plastering. 5. ASTM C641 - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. 6. ASTM C842 - Standard Specification for Application of Interior Gypsum Plaster. 7. ASTM C847 - Standard Specification for Metal Lath. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit data on plaster materials, characteristics, and limitations of products specified, with project conditions and materials clearly identified or detailed for each required system. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with GA-216. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years documented experience. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PLASTER 09 21 13-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 66 00 – Storage and protection. B. Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) nor more than 80 degrees F (27 degrees C). C. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) during and after installation of plaster. D. Protect adjacent work of other trades from moisture damage, soiling, physical distress and other damage. E. Provide ventilation to properly dry plaster during and after its application. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The materials described under this section are those manufactured by United States Gypsum Co. B. Equal products as manufactured by National Gypsum Co. C. Provide materials manufactured or supplied by one manufacturer, except as noted, to ensure unit responsibility for system construction. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Plaster Base Materials: 1. Plaster: ASTM C28; gypsum bonding type. 2. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter capable of affecting plaster. B. Finishing Plasters: 1. Gypsum/Lime Putty Type: ASTM C28; mixture of gauging plaster and lime. 2. Sand Float Type: ASTM C61 and C35; prepared mixture of Keene's cement/lime putty and sand. 3. Other veneer and finish plasters suitable for patching to match existing plasters. 4. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral and organic matter capable of affecting plaster. C. Lath: 1. Metal Lath: ASTM C847; self furring mesh of weight to suit application, galvanized. 2. Wood Lath: Match existing. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PLASTER 09 21 13-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 D. Accessories 1. Casing Bead: Formed sheet steel, depth governed by plaster thickness, maximum possible lengths, expanded metal flanges; galvanized. 2. Base Screed: Formed sheet steel, depth governed by plaster thickness, maximum possible lengths, expanded metal flanges, with beveled edge; galvanized. 3. Corner Mesh: Formed sheet steel, minimum 0.018 inch (0.5 mm) thick, expanded flanges shaped to permit complete embedding in plaster, minimum 2 inch (50 mm) size; galvanized. 4. Strip Mesh: Expanded metal lath, minimum 0.018 inch (0.5 mm) thick, 2 inch (50 mm) wide x 24 inch (600 mm) long; galvanized. E. Mixes 1. Mix and proportion plaster in accordance with ASTM C842. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Remove loose plaster and cut back to sound materials. B. Metal Lath and Accessories for matching existing systems: Verify substrate is flat and surface is ready to receive work of this section. Verify joint and surface perimeter accessories are in place. C. Install metal or wood lath to match existing. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installation of Accessories: 1. Continuously reinforce internal angles with corner mesh, return metal lath 3 inches (75 mm) from corner to form angle reinforcement; fasten at perimeter edges only. 2. Place strip mesh diagonally at corners of lathed openings. Secure rigidly in place Provide adequate ventilation to eliminate moisture during work period. 3. Place 4 inch (100 mm) wide strips of metal lath centered over junctions of dissimilar backing materials. Secure rigidly in place. Caulk around panel edges where abutting different materials. 4. Place casing beads at terminations of plaster finish. Butt and align ends. Secure rigidly in place. B. Plastering 1. Apply gypsum plaster in accordance with ASTM C842. 2. Apply scratch, brown, and finish coats over metal lath and clay tile and concrete surfaces. Apply scratch and brown coats to nominal thickness of 3/8 inch (9 mm) each. 3. Apply color tinted bond coat to prepared surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 4. Apply finish coat to minimum 1/8 inch (3 mm) thickness. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PLASTER 09 21 13-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 5. Work finish coat flat and smooth, with steel trowel. 6. Perform work in panels to nearest natural break or between accessories. 3.03 PLASTER PATCHING AND REPAIR A. Hairline surface cracks: 1. Commercially available spackling pastes are best suited to filling hairline cracks. Fill void using putty or broad knife. Strike material off flush with plaster surface. 2. Sand lightly when dry if necessary, and then re-paint. B. Surface Cracks larger than hairline up to credit card thickness: 1. Use ready mix drywall compound or setting type, following method listed above. C. Larger cracks/ small holes: 1. Clean out loose plaster particles. 2. Fill crack/ hole with setting type joint compound with broad knife, striking material off flush with surface. Allow to set. 3. Reinforce filled-in crack with drywall tape embedded in setting type joint compound. Feather edges out to smooth and begin to conceal repair. Allow to set. 4. Sand lightly to smooth and apply another thin coat of setting type joint compound. Allow to set. Repeat procedure as necessary to complete the repair. D. Small Patches (less than 4 inches in diameter): 1. Clean out loose plaster particles. 2. Apply bonding agent to edges of existing plaster around hole to be filled. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for application. 3. Fill void with finish plaster product to match existing plaster. E. Large Patches: 1. Scrape and remove any loose plaster or debris. 2. Reinforce with expanded metal lath, cut slightly smaller than opening, fastened to framing or other solid substrate. 3. Apply bonding agent to edges of sound existing plaster. 4. Re-plaster using three-coat technique as per ASTM C 842 using finish plaster product. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PLASTER 09 21 13-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 F. Re-Surfacing Plastered Walls: 1. Sand surface. Painted surfaces may require more preparation. 2. Apply bonding agent. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for application. 3. Fill any low spots with prepared veneer basecoat gypsum plaster product. Thickness should be no greater than 1/4” per layer. Scratch surface for key of next layer and allow to take-up sufficiently or dry. 4. Parge entire wall area with veneer basecoat at approximately 1/16-3/32” thickness. 5. Embed glass fiber mesh into fresh veneer plaster basecoat, scratching surface for subsequent finish coat. Allow to take-up sufficiently or dry. 6. Apply final finish veneer plaster. *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PLASTER 09 21 13-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 9 FINISHES Ithaca, New York SECTION 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Framing and finishing of interior walls, infill panels, and partitions, fire and non-fire- rated. Extend walls to floor slab above unless noted otherwise. B. Suspended gypsum board ceilings. C. Trim and Accessories. D. Sound attenuation batts. Install in all new interior walls. E. Miscellaneous blocking and reinforcement. F. Firestop sealants are specified in Section 07 92 00. G. Metal access doors. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 11 20: Framing and Sheathing. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. B. Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions including other data as may be required to show compliance with these Specifications. C. Submit manufacturer's diagrams and/or shop drawings of unique conditions and layouts for clarification of installation and concurrence of intent. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver, identify, store, and protect materials. 1.06 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Performance requirements: Fabricate and install systems as indicated but not less than that required to comply with ASTM C754 under following conditions: 1. Standard gypsum board partition systems: Maximum deflection of 1/240 of partition height. 2. Systems to receive water resistant gypsum board or backer board: Maximum deflection of 1/360 of partition height. 3. Interior suspended ceilings and soffits: Maximum deflection of 1/360 of distance between supports. 4. Fire resistance ratings: Where fire resistance classifications are indicated, provide materials and application procedures identical to those listed by UL or tested according to ASTM E119 for type of construction shown. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GYPSUM BOARD 09 21 16-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS ASSEMBLIES 1437 5. Acoustical Ratings: Where sound ratings are indicated, provide materials and application procedures identical to those tested by manufacturer to achieve Sound Transmission Class (STC) scheduled or indicated in accordance with ASTM E90. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Install gypsum board in accordance either with applicable requirements and recommendations of Gypsum Association GA 216, "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board", or manufacturer's requirements, whichever are more stringent. B. Apply acoustical sealant in accordance with applicable requirements of ASTM C919. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS A. The materials described under this section are those manufactured by US Gypsum Co. except as noted. B. Equal products as manufactured by National Gypsum Co., Georgia Pacific. C. Provide materials manufactured or supplied by one manufacturer, except as noted, to ensure unit responsibility for the wallboard system construction. D. Light steel Studs, Steel Runners, Metal Furring Channels, and Bracing: 20 gauge, hot dipped galvanized steel of width required for various locations and punched for utility access. For partitions with unbraced heights of 10'-0" or more use cold-rolled 16 gauge stiffening channels. E. Furring Channels: Where required, 26 gauge, galvanized sheet steel, 7/8" and 1 5/8" deep of lengths required, or as noted. F. Gypsum Board: Comply with GA216. G. Standard Gypsum Board: 5/8" tapered Type X. H. Moisture and Mold Resistant Gypsum Board: 5/8" tapered; Type X, similar to National Gypsum Gold Bond XP Gypsum Board and USG Sheetrock® brand Mold Tough™ Firecode (Type X), Firecode® C Core or ULTRACODE® Core gypsum panels. I. Corner Beads: USG No. 103, except use Sheetrock brand plastic bead in bathrooms. J. Edge Strips at Ceilings and where Wallboard Abuts other Materials or Ends: No. 200B, except use plastic l-bead in bathrooms. K. Miscellaneous attachments and materials as required and recommended by manufacturer. L. "J" mold is not permitted. M. Acoustical Caulking and Sealant: Wallboard manufacturer's recommended paintable, non-drying, non-shrinking, non-migrating. N. Joint Treatment: Perf-a-tape reinforcing tape; Manufacturer’s recommended Joint Compound for use with moisture resistant gypsum board for taping, filling, patching, and finishing, similar to Gold Bond ProForm XP Ready Mix Joint Compound. O. Sound Attenuation Batts: Glass fibers and resinous binders formed into semi-rigid batts, complying with FS-HH-I521, Type I, not less than 1.0 lbs/cu.ft. density as manufactured by Owens-Corning, Manville, U.S. Gypsum. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GYPSUM BOARD 09 21 16-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS ASSEMBLIES 1437 P. Metal access doors: Similar to Milcor Standard Flush Access Doors, models suitable for substrate types, for wall installations. 12” x 12” size, 16 gauge steel frame with 14 gauge door and galvanized steel drywall bead, prime coat finish for field painting, double- acting concealed spring hinge, flush, screwdriver operated steel cam lock. Provide where shown on drawings, including mechanical and electrical drawings, and where not shown but required for access to concealed valves and similar components. 2.02 CEILING SUPPORT MATERIALS A. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, clips, bolts or other devices compatible with indicated structural anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability has been proven through standard construction practices or by certified test data. B. Hangers: 1. Steel wire or rods, sizes to comply with requirements of ASTM C754 for ceiling loads to be supported. 2. Wire: ASTM A 641, soft, Class 1 galvanized. 3. Rods and flats: a. Mild steel components. b. Finish: Galvanized or painted with rust-inhibitive paint for interior work; galvanized for exterior work. C. Framing System: 1. Main runners: a. Cold-rolled, "C" shaped steel channels, 16 gauge minimum. b. Finish: Galvanized or painted with rust-inhibitive paint. 2. Cross furring: Hat-shaped steel furring channels, ASTM C645, 7/8 inch high, 25 gauge, galvanized. 3. Furring anchorages: 16 gauge galvanized wire ties, manufacturer's standard wire-type clips, bolts, nails or screws recommended by furring manufacturer and complying with ASTM C754. D. Proprietary Framing System: 1. Framing system for gypsum board panels consisting of cold-rolled steel members conforming to ASTM C635, with exposed surfaces finished in manufacturer’s standard enamel paint finish. 2. Fire rating: 1 hour rating in accordance with UL assembly indicated. 3. Components: Main tees, furring cross channels, furring cross tees, and cross tees. 4. Accessories: a. U-shaped channel molding. b. Galvanized carbon steel (12 ga.) hanger wire. 5. Acceptable product: Equivalent to Drywall Suspension System by USG." 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GYPSUM BOARD 09 21 16-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS ASSEMBLIES 1437 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Installation of gypsum board to be in strict accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the approved manufacturer and of GA216, for application over wood framing and blocking. B. Provide adequate ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture during installation. C. Coordinate work with work of other sections. D. Do not conceal work of another Division which is to be concealed by work of this section until it has been inspected. E. Align runners accurately to structure above and securely anchor with anchors spaced not more than 16" o.c. F. Position studs vertically in runners spaced no greater than 16" o.c. Attach studs adjacent partition intersections and corners to runner flanges by positive screw engagement with 3/8" Type S, pan head screws through each stud flange and runner flange. G. Locate furring channels maximum of 16" oc. H. Securely splice studs where necessary with a minimum 8" nested lap in which two 3/8" Type S, pan head screws are required per stud flange. I. Provide channel reinforcement with bolt, nut, and proper protection for support of hanger plates for fixtures: Blocking for wall mounted cabinets and similar wall mounted items; backup blocking for door bumpers and miscellaneous hardware. J. Form pipe and duct enclosures with metal stud cross braces. K. Space screw fasteners maximum of 12" oc. in the field and 8" oc. staggered along vertical abutting edges. L. Solidly pack and caulk joints where pipes and ducts pass through boards. 3.02 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD ACCESSORIES A. Securely install metal corner bead at external corners, in single lengths where the lengths of the corner do not exceed standard stock lengths. B. Use reinforcement tape at interior corners following manufacturer's recommendations. C. Provide and securely install metal trim sections at face vertical edges of wallboards in single lengths where possible. D. Neatly match trim per manufacturer's recommendations. E. Replace damaged surfaces to satisfaction of Owner. 3.03 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION A. Erect gypsum board panels in direction most practical and economical with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. B. Use longest practical lengths. Place edge trim where panels abut dissimilar materials. C. Screw attach gypsum board panels with screws per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, corners, openings, and fixings to produce surface ready to receive surface finishes. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32". E. Remove and replace defective work. F. Maintain temperature when finishing joints from 50 F to 70 F during 24 hours of work days and minimum of 3 days after completion. G. Provide adequate ventilation to eliminate moisture during work period. H. Caulk around panel edges where abutting different materials. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GYPSUM BOARD 09 21 16-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS ASSEMBLIES 1437 I. Upon completion, leave exposed surfaces of gypsum board in clean and sound condition and ready for painting. *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GYPSUM BOARD 09 21 16-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS ASSEMBLIES 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 9 FINISHES Ithaca, New York SECTION 09 30 00 CERAMIC TILING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Preparation of substrates. B. Ceramic mosaic flooring. C. Ceramic wall tile. D. Thresholds in wall openings. E. Cement backerboard. F. Proprietary shower and waterproofing system. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. A108.1 - Installation of Ceramic Tile in a Mortar Bed. 2. A108.10 - Installation of Grout in Tilework. 3. A118.6 - Ceramic Tile Grouts. 4. A118.9: Specification for Cementitious Backer Units. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1. ASTM 1325: Standard Specification for Non-Asbestos Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cement Interior Substrate Sheets. 2. ASTM E 84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. ASTM E119: Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. C. Tile Council of America (TCA). 1. Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, latest edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, product data, and samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Submit product data, specifications, and instructions for mortars, adhesives and grouts. C. Workforce Plan and Installer Qualifications 1. Provide list of installers and their qualifications and experience installing ceramic tile using specified Proprietary Shower and Waterproofing System. 2. Provide Workforce Plan describing schedule of installation and projected manpower to complete Work within the Construction Schedule. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CERAMIC TILING 09 30 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 D. Samples 1. Submit color samples illustrating full color range of each type tile. 2. Grout: Submit manufacturer's full range of standard and designated color samples for each type for Architect's selection. E. Closeout Submittals 1. Submit under provisions of Section 01 77 00. 2. Maintenance Data: Include cleaning methods, cleaning solutions recommended, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes recommended. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility 1. Obtain each type and color tile material required from single source. 2. Obtain setting and grouting materials from one manufacturer to ensure compatibility. 3. Furnish a 10 year guarantee from installation material manufacturer. The guarantee is inclusive of installation materials, finish product, and labor. B. Manufacturer Qualifications 1. Tile: Minimum 10 years experience in manufacture of tile products. 2. Setting Materials: Minimum 10 years experience in manufacture of setting and grout materials specified. C. Installer Qualifications: Specializing in tile work having minimum of 5 years successful documented experience with work comparable to that required for this Project. D. Proprietary Shower and Waterproofing Installer Qualifications: Installers shall demonstrate experience with installation of specified proprietary systems. E. Certifications 1. Submit "Master Grade Certificate" for each type of ceramic, porcelain, and paver tile in accordance with requirements of ANSI A137.1. 2. Submit manufacturer's certifications that mortars, adhesives, and grouts are suitable for intended use. F. Conform to ANSI - Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile - A137.1. G. Conform to TCA Ceramic Tile: The Installation Handbook. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of Section 01 66 00. B. Labeling: Comply with ANSI A137.1. C. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened containers, fully identified with name, brand, type, and grade. D. Protect materials from contamination, dampness, freezing, or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CERAMIC TILING 09 30 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 E. Broken, cracked, chipped, stained, or damaged tile will be rejected, whether built-in or not. F. Protect mortar and grout materials against moisture, soiling, or staining. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of material manufacturers for environmental conditions before, during, and after installation. B. Do not begin installation until building is completely enclosed and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and humidity conditions consistent with "after occupancy" conditions for a minimum of 2 weeks. C. Maintain continuous and uniform building temperatures of not less than 50 degrees F during installation nor more than 100 degrees F. D. Ventilate spaces receiving tile in accordance with material manufacturers' instructions. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. At completion of project, deliver to Owner one carton extra stock of materials used on project. B. Ensure materials are boxed and identified by manufacturer, type, and color. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE MANUFACTURERS A. American Olean, Dallas, TX. B. Alternate No. 3: Crossville Inc., Crossville, TN. 2.02 TILE PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile" for types, compositions, and grades of tile indicated. 1. Furnish tile complying with "Standard Grade" requirements unless otherwise indicated. B. ANSI Standard for Tile Installation Materials: Comply with ANSI standard referenced with products and materials indicated for setting and grouting. C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements: 1. Match color, texture, and pattern indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard designations for these characteristics. D. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, blend tile in factory and package accordingly so that tile units taken 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CERAMIC TILING 09 30 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved sample. E. Mounting: Where factory-mounted tile is required, provide back-face or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless another mounting method is indicated. 1. Where tile is indicated for installation in swimming pools, on exteriors or in wet areas, do not use back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies that this type of mounting is suitable for these kinds of uses and has been successfully used on other projects. 2.03 CERAMIC TILE A. Floor Tile 1. Basis of Design: American Olean Unglazed Colorbody Porcelain Mosaic. 2. Size: 2 by 2 by 1/4 inches. 3. Edge: Cushioned. 4. Finish: Smooth. 5. Colors a. Floor field: No. A04, Light Smoke Speckled. b. Floor accent: No. R08, Sapphire Sky. B. Wall Tile 1. Basis of Design: American Olean Bright Ceramic. 2. Size: 4-1/4 by 4-1/4 by 5/16 inches nominal. 3. Edge: Cushioned. 4. Finish: Glazed. 5. Colors a. Wall field: No. 0090, White. b. Wall accent: No. 0070, Sapphire Sky. C. Large-format porcelain panel (Alternate No. 3) 1. Basis of Design: Laminam 5.6mm by Crossville. 2. Thickness: 5.6mm. 3. Size: Full height and width of shower wall, nominal 36” wide x 96” high. 4. Edge: To be selected. 5. Finish: To be selected. 6. Colors: To be selected. 2.04 STONE THRESHOLD AND SHOWER CURB CAPS A. General: Provide stone thresholds and caps that are free of cracks, seams, and starts impairing their structural integrity or function, and from a single quarry for each type, variety, color, and quality of stone specified. B. Size and Profile: ADA compliant, as indicated or required to provide transition between finished surface of ceramic tile and that of adjacent finished flooring. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CERAMIC TILING 09 30 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 C. Marble Thresholds and Curb Caps: ASTM C 503 and as follows. 1. Color and Finish: White, honed marble classified Group A per definitions for soundness classification in MIA "Dimension Stone Design Manual IV. 2.05 MORTAR, GROUT, AND ADHESIVE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements herein, provide products from one of the following manufacturers. 1. Laticrete International, Inc., Bethany, CT. 2. Mapei Corporation, Deerfield, FL. 3. Custom Building Products, Seal Beach, CA. 2.06 MORTAR MATERIALS – THIN SET BEDS A. Portland Cement, Modified; Thin-Set, approved by Proprietary Shower and Waterproofing System Manufacturer for use directly over existing ceramic tile substrates for bonding to their products. 1. Consult Proprietary Shower and Waterproofing System Manufacturer. B. Portland Cement, Unmodified; Thin-Set, approved by Proprietary Shower and Waterproofing System Manufacturer for other use with their products. 1. Similar to Laticrete 317 Floor and Wall. 2.07 MORTAR MATERIALS - THICKSET BEDS A. Polymer fortified portland cement mortar conforming to ANSI A118.1. B. Similar to Laticrete 3701 Fortified Mortar Bed. 2.08 GROUT A. Epoxy grout: Laticrete SpectraLOCK PRO Grout. 1. Floor Color: 24 Natural Grey. 2. Wall Color: 44 Bright White. 2.09 CEMENT BACKERBOARD A. Basis of Design: USG Durock or Durock Next Gen. 1. Cementitious Fiber-Mat Reinforced Sheathing: ASTM C 1325, ANSI A118.9, cementitious backer. a. 5/8” Thickness. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CERAMIC TILING 09 30 00-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 2.10 PROPRIETARY SHOWER AND WATERPROOFING SYSTEM A. Basis of Design: Schluter Systems, LP. No substitutions. 1. Uncoupling membrane: DITRA. a. 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick, orange, high-density polyethylene membrane with grid structure of 1/2 inch x 1/2 inch (12 mm x 12 mm) square cavities, each cut back in dovetail configuration, and polypropylene anchoring fleece laminated to its underside. b. Conform to TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation by Tile Council of America, latest edition, and meet or exceed requirements of American national standards specifications for load bearing, bonded, waterproof membranes for thin-set ceramic tile and dimension stone installation A118.10. Listed by cUPC®, and evaluated by ICC-ES (see Report No. ESR-2467). 2. Waterproofing membranes: KERDI and KERDI-BAND. a. 0.008 inch (0.2 mm) thick, orange polyethylene membrane with polypropylene fleece laminated on both sides. b. Meet or exceed TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation by Tile Council of America, latest edition, and meet or exceed requirements of American national standards specifications for load bearing, bonded, waterproof membranes for thin-set ceramic tile and dimension stone installation A118.10. Listed by cUPC®, and evaluated by ICC-ES (see Report No. ESR-2467). 3. Prefabricated shower components: a. Optional shower tray base for non-ADA showers: KERDI- SHOWER_ST, sizes to suit shower configurations shown on drawings. b. Shower drain: KERDI-DRAIN, stainless steel finish. 4. Floor Drains: KERDI-DRAIN, stainless steel finish. a. Stainless steel floor drain, 9.843 inch (250 mm) diameter integrated bonding flange with 2 inch and 3 inch (75 mm) no-hub outlet and grate assembly. Grate assembly includes type 304 stainless steel grate, height adjustment collar, and lateral adjustment ring with trapezoid perforations. Nominal grate size 4 inch x 4 inch square. b. Drain detail as referenced in method B422 of TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation by Tile Council of America, latest edition. c. Coordinate with plumbing work for locations and sizes of floor drains. 5. Accessories: Ramps, movement joints, edge joints and corner trim as required for complete, waterproof installation. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CERAMIC TILING 09 30 00-6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRE-INSTALLTION CONFERENCE A. Prior to beginning of tiling work, a Pre-Installation Conference shall be held. B. Attendees shall include Architect, Contractor, Contractor’s Sub-Contractors including Installers, Proprietary Shower and Waterproofing System Manufacturer's representative, Owner's Project Manager. C. Attendees shall review the following topics and make modifications as required. 1. Project schedule and Work implementation. 2. Quality Control and Proprietary Waterproofing System Manufacturer’s inspection schedule. 3. Installer qualifications. 4. Specifications and details. 5. Waterproofing systems and materials. 6. Contractor's proposed sequencing of work. 7. Substrate preparation and related work. 8. Application requirements. 9. Other factors to be considered, and work to be completed, before tiling installation begins. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that areas to receive tile installed by thin bed method are true within 1/4 inch in 10'-0", and are pitched to drains where required. B. Air Temperature and Surfaces in Rooms to Receive Flooring: Between 60 degrees to 90 degrees F unless otherwise recommended by manufacturers of materials being installed. C. Condition of Surfaces to Receive Tile: 1. Firm, dry, clean and free of oily or waxy films, mortar and soil. 3.03 PREPARATION A. General 1. Clean substrates. 2. Wet down or wash dry, dusty surfaces and remove excess water immediately prior to application of tiles. 3. Prepare surfaces in strict accordance with instructions of manufacturer whose setting materials or additives are being used. 4. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, verify that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CERAMIC TILING 09 30 00-7 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 B. Existing ceramic tile substrates 1. Prepare existing ceramic tile in accordance with Proprietary Shower and Waterproofing System Manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 3.04 PROPRIETARY SHOWER AND WATERPROOFING SYSTEM A. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions. Consult manufacturer’s current technical literature for proper design and installation instructions. B. Flood-test completed waterproofing system in each room prior installing tile in that room and completing any finish ceiling work in rooms below. 3.05 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install tile materials in accordance with ANSI A137.1, other referenced ANSI and TCA specifications, and TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation", except for more stringent requirements of manufacturer or these Specifications. B. Cut and fit tile tight to protrusions and vertical interruptions and treat with a compatible sealant as specified in Section 07 92 00. Form corners and bases neatly. C. Work tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joint watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or grout. D. Prepare surface, fit, set, bond, grout and clean in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI standards and Tile Council of America. 3.06 LAYOUT A. Lay out work so that full tile or joint is centered on each wall and no tile of less than half width need be used. Do not interrupt pattern through openings. Lay out tile to minimize cutting and to avoid tile less than half size. B. No staggered joints will be permitted. C. Align joints in tile in both directions. D. Make joints between sheets of tile exactly same width as joints within sheet. E. File edges of cut tile smooth and even. F. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures, to form complete covering without interruptions, except as otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. G. Accurately form intersections and returns. H. Floor tile pattern 1. Floor accent tiles randomly distributed throughout floor field, balanced for consistency of visual effect. 2. Density: Approximately one (1) floor accent tile per square foot. 3.07 THINSET METHOD A. For use directly over prepared existing ceramic tile substrate, select thinset product in accordance with Proprietary Shower and Waterproofing System Manufacturer's directions and recommendations. B. Apply mortar or adhesive with notched trowel using scraping motion to work material into good contact with surface to be covered. Maintain 90 percent coverage on back of tile and fully bed all corners. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CERAMIC TILING 09 30 00-8 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 C. Apply only as much mortar or adhesive as can be covered within allowable windows as recommended by mortar or adhesive manufacturer or while surface is still tacky. D. When installing large tiles, ceramics or mosaics, trowel small quantity of mortar or adhesive onto back of each tile or sheet of tiles. E. Set tiles in place and rub or beat with small beating block. F. Beat or rap tile to ensure proper bond and also to level surface of tile. G. Align tile to show uniform joints and allow to set until firm. H. Clean excess mortar or adhesive from surface of tile with wet cheese cloth (not a sponge) while mortar is fresh. I. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding tiles. 3.08 GROUTING A. Allow tiles to set a minimum of 48 hours before grouting. B. If bonding materials are rapid setting, follow manufacturer’s recommendations. C. Install in accordance with grout manufacturer's recommendations and ANSI A108.10. D. Pack joints full and free before mortar takes initial set. E. Clean excess grout from surface with wet cheesecloth as work progresses. Do not use hydrosponges. F. Cure after grouting by covering with kraft or construction paper for 72 hours. 3.09 MARBLE THRESHOLD A. Provide thresholds at wall or framed openings to other building areas not receiving tile. B. Set one piece threshold in adhesive without voids, full width of door opening. C. Point threshold base flush with adjoining tile floors. D. Cope ends to fit door frame profile. 3.10 ADJUSTING A. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. 3.11 CLEANING A. Clean excess mortar from surface with water as work progresses. Perform cleaning while mortar is fresh and before it hardens on surfaces. B. Sponge and wash tile diagonally across joints. Polish with clean dry cloth. C. Remove grout haze following recommendation of mortar additive manufacturer. Do not use acids for cleaning. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic from floor finish for 72 hours after installation. B. Where temporary use of new floors is unavoidable, supply large, flat boards or plywood panels for walkways over kraft paper. C. Protect work so that it will be without any evidence of damage or use at time of acceptance. *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CERAMIC TILING 09 30 00-9 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 9 FINISHES Ithaca, New York SECTION 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. If Alternate Work is accepted, provide all work necessary to prepare for and furnish and install resilient flooring materials noted and required for project including final cleaning of work. B. Prepare floor for work of this Section. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 23 00 Alternates. B. Section 06 11 20: Framing and Sheathing: Underlayment. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's technical data, installation instructions, and maintenance recommendations for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. B. Submit Material Safety Data Sheets for adhesive. C. Submit shop drawings of floor finish layouts. Indicate related dimensions, cut-tile locations, selected colors, and transitions to adjacent floor finish materials. 1.05 SAMPLES A. Submit manufacturer's sample package for selection of materials. B. Submit three samples of each material specified showing color, texture, full range of color/pattern variations, and quality of selection proposed for use. C. Base manufacturer's standards for color selection. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLOOR COVERING MATERIALS A. Vinyl Composition Tile: Conform to Federal Specification SS-T-312, 1/8" thick Azrock Standard VCT or equal by Mannington or Armstrong. Colors as selected by Architect. 2.02 BASE MATERIALS A. Rubber or vinyl coved base by Roppe Rubber Corp., 4" high as shown or required, 1/8" thick. Equal manufacturers to include Kentile, Robbins Johnson Rubber Co., Mercer Plastics Co, or Nora Systems. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 2.03 ACCESSORIES, ADHESIVES, SEALERS A. Edge Strips: 1/8" thick vinyl, black as noted or detailed. B. Subfloor Filler: Type recommended by resilient flooring material manufacturer for application. C. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof of types recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific material and compatibility with substrate. D. Sealer and Wax: Type recommended by resilient flooring material manufacturer for material type and location. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS A. Prep existing subfloor and install floor underlayment specified in Division 6. B. Maintain minimum 70°F air temperature at flooring installation area for three days prior to, during, and for 24 hours after installation. C. Store flooring materials in area of application. Allow three days for material to reach equal temperature as area. 3.02 INSTALLATION - FLOORING A. Open floor tile cartons, enough to cover each area, and mix tile to ensure shade variations are not concentrated within any one area. B. Clean substrate. Spread cement evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. C. Set flooring in place. Press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. D. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce minimum number of seams. E. Install tiles and feature strips with minimum tile width 1/2 full size at room or area perimeter to square grid pattern with all joints aligned, with pattern grain running in same direction. F. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door in openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar, unless shown otherwise. Provide ADA accessible transition strip at door. G. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. H. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 3.03 INSTALLATION - BASE A. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18" between joints. B. Miter internal corners. C. Install base on solid backing. Adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. E. Install straight and level to variation of plus or minus 1/8" over 10'-0". 112 EDGEMOOR LANE RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 3.04 PROTECTION A. Wash all finish floor and base surfaces and protect during construction work with waterproof building paper to keep them clean. B. Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. C. Protect installation from damage until acceptance by Owner. 3.05 CLEAN-UP A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean, seal, and wax floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 9 FINISHES Ithaca, New York SECTION 09 91 00 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Refer to General Requirements and drawings for descriptions of Alternates work involving painting. B. Surface preparation and field application of paints. C. Painting is in addition to shop and prime coats on metal specified under other sections. D. The term paint shall be understood to include all paint, stain, varnish, lacquer, etc. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Material Safety Data Sheets: Three copies for each type of paint specified. B. Samples: Submit manufacturer’s minimum 3 x 5 color cards of selected colors. Provide three of each color. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for finishes. B. Comply with State and Federal VOC Restriction Standards. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers. Inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container label to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, clean up requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45ºF and a maximum of 90ºF in ventilated area and as required by manufacturer's instructions. D. Store wash materials, oily rags, etc., in covered metal containers. E. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion and remove from site daily. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperature and humidity are outside the temperature ranges required by paint product manufacturer. B. Provide minimum lighting level of 25 foot candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PAINTING 09 91 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide one unopened gallon of each color and type of paint to Owner. Obtain receipt. B. Label each container with color, type, texture, location, in addition to manufacturer's label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Benjamin Moore. B. Sherwin Williams. C. ICI Paints. D. Devoe. E. Approved Equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Paint, Varnish, Stain, Enamel, Lacquer, and Fillers: Type and brand listed herein and approved by Architect. B. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, good flow and brushing properties, capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. C. Accessory Materials: Best grade linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners, and other materials not specifically indicated, but required to achieve finishes specified, of commercial quality. D. Thinners: Best grade, as recommended by paint manufacturer. E. Shellac: Bleached white gum in pure denatured grain alcohol. F. Oil: Best grade, pure linseed for both raw and boiled “Dutchboy” or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report in writing to Architect conditions that may potentially affect proper application. Confirm compatibility of all new paint finishes with existing paint finishes or substrate materials which will be covered with new paint finishes. Do not commence work until defects are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove or mask adjacent surfaces not scheduled for painting, hardware, trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Prepare surfaces for optimal results as recommended by manufacturer and good practice. C. Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. Remove existing coatings that exhibit loose surface defects. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PAINTING 09 91 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 D. Galvanized Surface: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. E. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joint, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. F. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. G. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Prime metal items including shop primed items. H. Metal Doors: Seal top and bottom edges with primer. I. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing; seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried; sand lightly between coats. J. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Thoroughly wash kitchen and bathroom surfaces of dirt, food and grease stains. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats K. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior paintable caulking compound after prime coat has been applied. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Apply each coat to uniform finish. D. Sand metal lightly between coats to achieve required finish. E. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. F. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. G. Prime top and bottom edges of metal doors with enamel undercoat when they are to be painted. H. Final coat on interior work shall not be applied until other trades and contractors are finished with their work and their materials and debris removed and premises left in substantially broom clean condition. I. Final coat on interior work shall be uniform of approved color, smooth and free of runs, sags, defective brushing, clogging, or excessive flooding. J. Edges of paint adjoining other colors or materials shall be sharp and clean with no overhangs. 3.04 CLEANING A. As work proceeds and upon completion, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed or spattered on new or existing surfaces and equipment. B. Collect waste material which constitutes a fire hazard and place in closed metal containers. Remove from site daily. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PAINTING 09 91 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Interior Surfaces 1. Metal Work a. Refer to Benjamin Moore System. b. 1 coat Z163 Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Low Luster Enamel Primer. c. 2 coats 224 Eco Spec Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel. d. Omit primer on prime coated or previously painted metal except for touch up. 2. Gypsum Board Walls and Ceilings in Bathrooms a. Refer to Benjamin Moore System. b. 1 coat 253 Moorcraft Super Spec latex Enamel Undercoater and Primer Sealer. c. 2 coats 256 Moorcraft Super Spec Acrylic Epoxy Catalist, Semi-Gloss. d. Omit primer on previously painted surfaces. 3. Gypsum Board Walls and Ceilings; Spaces other than Bathrooms a. Refer to Benjamin Moore System. b. 1 coat 231 Eco Spec Interior Latex Primer Sealer. c. 2 coats 223 Eco Spec Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel. d. Omit primer on previously painted surfaces. 4. Plaster Walls and Ceilings; Spaces other than Bathrooms a. Refer to Benjamin Moore System. b. 1 coat 231 Eco Spec Interior Latex Primer Sealer. c. 2 coats 219 Eco Spec Interior Eggshell Enamel. d. Omit primer on previously painted surfaces. 5. Existing and New Painted Wood Trim a. Refer to Benjamin Moore System. b. 1 coat Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Enamel Undercoater and Primer Sealer C 245. c. 2 coats 219 Moorcraft Super Spec 100% Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel 281. d. Omit primer on previously painted surfaces. 6. Pipe Covering and Canvas Work a. Refer to Benjamin Moore System b. 1 coat 253 Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Underbody & Primer Sealer c. 2 coats finish, same as adjoining walls or ceilings *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PAINTING 09 91 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Ithaca, New York SECTION 10 21 13 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Section includes solid plastic toilet compartment components. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 11 20 - Framing and Sheathing: Concealed wood framing and blocking for compartment support. 2. Section 10 28 13 - Bathroom Accessories. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. B. ANSI A117.1-2003 Accessible and Usable Buildings and facilities. C. ADA, Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities, Federal Register, Volume 56. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details of wall and floor supports, door swings anchorage and accessories, finishes, bolt hole locations in supporting members for attachment of compartments. C. Product Data: Submit data on panel construction, hardware, and accessories. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. E. Samples: Submit two 6 x6 inch in size illustrating panel finish, color, and sheen, and edge construction. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work with placement of support framing and anchors in wall. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver items in manufacturer's original unopened protective packaging. B. Store materials in original protective packaging to prevent physical damage or wetting. C. Handle so as to prevent damage to finished surfaces. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PLASTIC TOILET 10 21 13-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS COMPARTMENTS 1437 1.07 WARRANTY A. Furnish ten-year limited warranty for panels, doors, and stiles against breakage, corrosion, delamination, and defects in factory workmanship. B. Furnish one-year guarantee against defects in material and workmanship for stainless steel door hardware and mounting brackets PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design: Bobrick 1180/1180 DuraLine Series, ceiling mounted. Equal materials by other manufacturers acceptable with prior approval of Architect. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Toilet Compartments: Solid molded plastic panels, doors, and pilasters, ceiling-mounted. Solid phenolic material constructed of solidly fused plastic laminate with matte-finish melamine surfaces, colored face sheets, and black phenolic-resin core that are integrally bonded. Edges shall be black. 1. Class A, ASTM E-84 Fire-Resistance, flame spread 20, smoke density 95. 2. Colors: One color; 949 White. B. Door and Panel Dimensions: 1. Panel Thickness: 1/2 inch. 2. Pilasters and Door Thickness: 3/4 inch. 3. Door Width: 24 inch. 4. Panel Height: 58 inch. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. All hardware to be 18-8, type-304, heavy gauge stainless steel with satin-finish. Chrome- plated hardware unacceptable. B. All hardware shall be concealed inside compartments with the exception of out-swing doors. C. Commercial Hardware: Satin finish 18-8, type 304 Stainless steel: 1. Pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; three for each door. 2. Nylon bearings. 3. Coat hook with rubber bumper; one for each compartment, mounted on door. Secure with theft-resistant, one-way stainless steel screws. 4. Thumb turn or slide type door latch [with exterior emergency access feature]. 5. Furnish door pull for out-swinging doors. 6. Furnish metal heat sink at bottom of doors and partitions. 7. Anchors: Threaded rods secured to supports above ceiling as applicable. 8. Provide concealed mounting door hardware inside compartment with no exposed screw heads on exterior. PART 3 EXECUTION 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PLASTIC TOILET 10 21 13-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS COMPARTMENTS 1437 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures. C. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters true, plumb, and level, and securely and rigidly. B. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. C. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. [Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. D. Field touch-up of scratches or damaged finish will not be permitted. Replace damaged or scratched materials with new materials. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Indicated Position: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors, not exceeding 3/16 inch. B. Adjust hinges to position doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return out- swinging doors to closed position. C. Adjust adjacent components for consistency of line or plane. *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PLASTIC TOILET 10 21 13-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS COMPARTMENTS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Ithaca, New York SECTION 10 28 13 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Provide and install toilet and bath accessories, attachments, and hardware. Include blocking for accessories supplied by Owner and installed by Contractor and/or Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's specifications, installation details, and data sheets for Architect's review. B. Submit product data and installation instructions for accessories not in contract for coordination of blocking provisions and for Owner’s future reference. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect accessories from damage, shipment, installation, and after installation until acceptance of work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers and numbers listed are to establish type and level of quality. Equal materials by other manufacturers acceptable with prior approval of Architect. B. Toilet Accessories 1. Toilet Paper Holders: Supplied by Owner, installed by Contractor. 2. Napkin Disposal: Supplied by Owner, installed by Contractor. 3. Grab Bars: Surface-mounted by Bobrick, No. B-6806 x 36.99, No. B-6806 x 42.99, No. B-6806.99 x 18.99, and No. B-6861.99, 1-1/2" o.d., stainless steel, satin finish with peened gripping surface. Other grab bars lengths for roll-in showers as shown on drawings. 4. Curtain Rods: Bobrick Classic Series Extra-Heavy-Duty, No. B-6047, stainless steel with satin finish, lengths as required. 5. Mirrors, Full Height: Bobrick No. B-290 2460. 6. Mirrors with Shelves: Bobrick B-292 Series. Sizes as shown on drawings. 7. Robe Hooks: Bobrick No. B-6717, stainless steel with satin finish. C. Toilet Accessories by others, not in contract 1. Shower Seat: Bobrick Reversible Solid Phenolic Folding Shower Seat No. B- 5181. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Before starting work notify Architect in writing of conflicts detrimental to installation or operation of units. B. Furnish accessories with protective wrappings or coverings as required to protect accessory finishes. Do not remove protective coverings until directed by Architect. C. Do not deliver accessories to the site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Install true, plumb, and level, and securely and rigidly. C. Provide and install anchoring as necessary to attach to partitions. D. Install required blocking and backup for accessories, both Contractor and Owner supplied. E. Install grab bars to sustain dead weight of 250 pounds for five minutes. F. Install in accordance with ICC/ANSI A117.1, latest version. 3.03 SCHEDULE A. Install accessories in quantities and locations as follows and as shown on drawings. 1. Public Bathroom Toilet Paper Holders: Install one per fixture. 2. Napkin Disposal: Install one per public bathroom toilet fixture. 3. Grab Bars: Install ADA required grab bars at all ADA toilets and showers. 4. Curtain Rods: Install one per shower and one per drying area as shown on drawings. 5. Mirrors, Full Height: Install as shown on drawings; one per public bathroom. 6. Mirrors with Shelves: Install as shown on drawings. 7. Single Robe Hooks: Install one per shower and one per drying area. In ADA roll-in and transfer type showers, install two per shower. B. Shower Seat: Install blocking in wall to support future shower seat installation by others. *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 CORNELL DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Ithaca, New York SECTION 12 38 00 KITCHEN CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Wood casework for kitchen. B. Plastic laminate counters. C. Alternate solid surface counters if Alternate counter material is accepted in lieu of plastic laminate. D. Coordinate with mechanical and electrical trades for work associated with kitchen casework replacement. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 23 00 Alternates. B. Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry. C. Section 06 61 16 Solid Surfacing Fabrications. D. Section 06 40 00 Custom Woodwork. E. Section 07 92 00 Sealants. 1.04 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI A156.9 - Cabinet Hardware. 2. ANSI A161.1 - Performance and Construction Standard for Kitchen and Vanity Cabinets. B. Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association: 1. KCMA - Directory of Certified Cabinet Manufacturers. C. Laminate Manufacturer’s Association (LMA). 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Surfaces of Casework: Surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed, including visible surfaces in open cabinets or behind glass doors. B. Semi-exposed Surfaces of Casework: 1. Surfaces visible when behind opaque doors and drawer fronts are open, including interior faces of doors and interiors and sides of drawers. 2. Bottoms of wall cabinets are defined as semi-exposed. C. Concealed Surfaces of Casework: 1. Surfaces not usually visible after installation, including sleepers, web frames, dust panels, bottoms of drawers, and ends of cabinets installed directly against and completely concealed by walls or other cabinets. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE KITCHEN CASEWORK 12 38 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 2. Tops of wall cabinets and utility cabinets are defined as concealed. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal requirements. B. Shop Drawings: For cabinets and countertops, include plans, elevations, details, and attachments to other work. Show materials, finishes, filler panels, hardware, edge and backsplash profiles, cutouts for plumbing fixtures, and methods of joining countertops. C. Product Data: Submit component dimensions, configurations, construction details, joint details, and data showing compliance with specifications. D. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of casework certifying that products furnished comply with specified requirements. E. Samples: 1. Finished wood samples; Submit three samples, minimum size 3 x 6 inches of each wood species and color of finish selected for use on project. 2. Cabinet Pulls: Submit samples of hardware pulls for selection by Owner. 3. Plastic Laminate: Submit full sample range for color selection. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cabinets: Perform Work in accordance with ANSI A161.1 and KCMA certification. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install residential casework until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during remainder of construction period. B. Established Dimensions: Where residential casework is indicated to fit to other construction, establish dimensions for areas where casework is to fit. Coordinate construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. Provide fillers and scribes to allow for trimming and fitting. C. Field Measurements: 1. For cabinets: Where residential casework is indicated to fit existing construction, verify dimensions of existing construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Provide filler and scribe if necessary. 2. Field measurements for countertops: Verify dimensions of countertops by field measurements after base cabinets are installed but before countertop fabrication is complete. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying Work. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE KITCHEN CASEWORK 12 38 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASEWORK MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS A. Basis of Design: Brookhaven by Wood-Mode, Brookhaven I line, Vista Plus, rift cut oak veneer, vertical grain on doors and drawers, natural standard finish. B. OPTIONAL CUSTOM CASEWORK: Casework must be available to complete all project work by August 14, 2015. At Contractor’s option, provide custom woodwork in lieu of manufactured casework. Comply with requirements of Section 06 40 00 Custom Wood Casework. Basis of Design for Custom Casework shall be Manufactured Casework specified in this Section 12 38 00. 2.02 CABINET MATERIALS A. Exposed Materials: Comply with following: 1. Exposed Wood Species: a. Unless otherwise indicated, do not use two adjacent exposed faces that are noticeably dissimilar in color, grain, figure, and or natural character markings. b. Oak. 2. Solid Wood: Clear hardwood lumber of species indicated, free of defects, selected for compatible grain and color, kiln dried to 7 percent moisture content. 3. Plywood: Hardwood plywood complying with HPVA HP – 1 face veneer of species indicated, selected for compatible color and grain with Grade A faces and Grade C backs of same species as faces. a. Edge band exposed edges with minimum 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick, solid- wood edging of same species as face veneer. 4. Vinyl-Faced Fiberboard: Medium-density fiberboard complying with ANSI A208.2, milled to required shapes, with a thermoformed vinyl overlay applied in a vacuum or membrane press. 5. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Medium-density particleboard complying with ANSI A208-1, Grade M-2; with surface of thermally fused, melamine- impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT-1. a. Provide PVC or polyester edge banding complying with LMA EDG-1 on components with exposed or semi-exposed surfaces. B. Semi-exposed Materials: Unless otherwise noted, provide following: 1. Plywood: Hardwood plywood complying with HPVA HP-1 with Grade C faces and backs stained to be compatible with exposed surfaces. 2. Plywood: Hardwood plywood complying with HPVA HP-1 with Grade C faces stained to be compatible with exposed surfaces and Grade 3 backs of Birch species, with clear finish. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE KITCHEN CASEWORK 12 38 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 3. Plywood: Hardwood plywood complying with HPVA HP-1 with Grade C face stained to be compatible with exposed surfaces and an embossed, natural birch vinyl film adhesively bonded to plywood. a. Provide vinyl film on both sides of shelves, dividers, and other components with two semi-exposed surfaces and semi-exposed edges. C. Concealed Materials: Comply with following: 1. Plywood: Any hardwood or softwood species, with no defects affecting strength or utility. 2.03 HARDWARE A. General: Manufacturer’s standard units complying with BHMA A156.9, type, material, size, and finish as selected from manufacturer’s standard choices. B. Finish: As selected by Owner from Manufacturer’s full range of standard finishes. C. Pulls: ADA compliant style, as selected by Owner from Manufacturer’s full range of standard pulls. D. Hinges: Concealed European-style, 6-way adjustable hinges. E. Drawer and Tray Guides: under-mount, full extension self-closing drawer guides, designed to prevent rebound when drawers are closed; with nylon-tired, ball bearing rollers; and complying with BHMA A156.9, type B05091. 2.04 CABINET CONSTRUCTION A. Face Style: Frameless, full overlay. B. Face Frames: 3/4-by-1 1/2-inch (19-by-38-mm) solid wood. C. Door and Drawer Fronts: 1. Veneer finished flush, full overlay. D. Semi-exposed Cabinet Ends: 1. 11/16-inch thick, veneer-faced, particleboard with laminate faced interior. E. Unexposed end panels: 3/8-inch thick laminate-faced engineered wood machined to accept tops, bottoms, backs and corner gussets. F. Cabinet Tops bottoms and sides: 11/16-inch thick, particleboard, banded front and back edges. Front edgebanding compatible with finished side. All components doweled and glued together. G. Base Unit Top Rails: 11/16 by 2 1/4-inch solid wood, interlocking with end panels, and secured under pressure with glue and with mechanical fasteners. H. Back Panels: 1/8-inch thick hardboard, dadoed into end panels and tops and bottoms, glued and pinned. I. Front Face Frame Drawer Rails: 3/4-by-1 1/2-inch solid wood fastened into face frame. J. Drawers: Fabricate with exposed fronts fastened to sub-front with mounting screws from interior of body. 1. Join sub-fronts, backs, and sides with glued dovetail joints. 2. Sub-fronts, backs, and sides: 1/2-inch (19mm)-thick engineered wood finished with laminate and melamine edge banding. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE KITCHEN CASEWORK 12 38 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 3. Bottoms 3/8-inch laminate-faced engineered wood. K. Shelves: 11/16-inch thick particleboard edge banded front and back. Shelves shall be adjustable on 1 1/2-inch increments and shall be supported on metal plug clips. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. B. Fabricate corners and joints without gaps or inaccessible spaces or areas where dirt or moisture could accumulate. C. Fabricate each unit rigid, not dependent on building structure or adjacent units for rigidity. D. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. E. Form edges smooth. Form material for counter tops from continuous sheets. F. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures. Prime paint contact surfaces of cut edges. G. When necessary to cut and fit on site, furnish materials with ample allowance for cutting. Furnish trim for scribing and site cutting. 2.06 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERS A. Wood Particleboard: ANSI A208.1 M2 PB for worksurface core materials; composed of 100% certified recycled or recovered wood fiber; maximum VOC emission factors of 0.3 ppm; medium density, sanded faces. B. High Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, GP50 for horizontal surfaces, GP28 for vertical surfaces, BK20 for undecorated backing sheets, PF42 for post forming, surface texture and colors as selected. Adhesive: Water based low Volatile Organic Compound (VOC), non-toxic, PVA adhesive, suitable for application. C. Counters: Post formed. Nominal 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) high-pressure plastic laminate shall be attached with water-resistant adhesive to 3/4 inch (19 mm) particleboard substrate. Edges shall be built up to provide nominal 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) thick top. Field joints are to be butt joints, tightened and held in alignment with tight-joint fasteners. D. Backsplash curb: Same material as top, 4" high, butt jointed and cemented to top. Provide where tops abut wall surfaces. Include end curb where top abuts end wall or other cabinets. 2.07 ALTERNATE SOLID SURFACE COUNTERS A. Solid surface counter and splash materials as specified in Section 06 61 16 Solid Surfacing Fabrications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install casework, counters, components and accessories. B. Install casework with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces; use concealed shims. C. Install casework without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings and are aligned. Complete installation of hardware and accessories as indicated. 112 EDGEMOOR LANE KITCHEN CASEWORK 12 38 00-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 D. Set casework items plumb and square, securely anchored to building structure. E. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Use filler strips; not additional overlay trim for this purpose. F. Use anchoring devices to suit conditions and substrate materials encountered. G. Close ends of units, back splashes, shelves and bases. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Section 01 77 00 - Final cleaning. B. Clean casework, counters, and hardware. C. Protect finished surfaces from damage or staining resulting from subsequent work until Date of Substantial Completion. Repair or replace damaged cabinet work, including warped or loose members *** END OF SECTION *** 112 EDGEMOOR LANE KITCHEN CASEWORK 12 38 00-6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 1437 MARCH 9, 2015 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 112 EDGEMOOR LANE BATHROOM RENOVATIONS CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK MARCH 9, 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK .......................................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 2  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 2  SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS........................................................................ 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS .................................................................................... 1  1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES ................................................................... 1  1.3 PARKING ............................................................................................................... 2  1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES ..................................... 3  1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION ................................. 3  1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS........................................................................ 4  1.7 SUPPORTS ............................................................................................................. 5  1.8 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. ............................. 5  1.9 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. ........................................ 5  1.10 STAND DOWN DATES ........................................................................................ 5  1.11 WORKING HOURS ............................................................................................... 6  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 6  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 6  SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES ......................................................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS .................................................................................... 1  1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS................................................................. 1  1.3 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES ........................................................................ 1  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 2  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 2  SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS .................................. 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................ 1  1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS ....................................................................................... 2  1.4 PRODUCTS LIST .................................................................................................. 2  1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ...................................................................................... 2  1.6 PROCEDURES....................................................................................................... 3  1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL ............................................................. 3  1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS ................................................................................. 4  1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS .................................................................................................. 6  1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS ............................................................................... 7  1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION ............................................................... 8  MARCH 9, 2015 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES ........................................................................................ 8  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 8  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 8  SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS ........................................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING ...................................................................... 1  1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS ....................................................................................... 3  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 4  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 4  SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT ...................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 SUMMARY ............................................................................................................ 1  1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .......................................................................................... 1  1.3 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................ 1  1.4 PROCEDURES....................................................................................................... 1  1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW ......................................................................................... 2  1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ........................................................................... 4  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 4  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 4  MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ............................................................ 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 SUMMARY ............................................................................................................ 1  1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES ....................................................................................... 1  1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES ................................................................................ 1  1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS ...................................................................................... 2  1.5 SUBMISSIONS ...................................................................................................... 2  1.6 DISTRIBUTION..................................................................................................... 3  SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION ............................................. 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 SUBMITTALS ....................................................................................................... 1  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 1  3.0 EXECUTION .................................................................................................................... 1  3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS ......................................................... 1  3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS .............................................................................. 1  3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS ............................................................ 2  SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ............................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS ................................................................................................ 1  1.3 PRODUCT DATA .................................................................................................. 2  1.4 SAMPLES............................................................................................................... 3  1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS............ 4  1.6 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................. 4  1.7 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ............................................................................... 5  1.8 RECORD SUBMITTALS ...................................................................................... 8  1.9 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................... 8  1.10 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES ........................................................................................ 8  1.11 DISTRIBUTION..................................................................................................... 9  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 9  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 9  SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY ......................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 CONTRACTOR’S SAFETY PLAN ...................................................................... 1  1.3 ASBESTOS............................................................................................................. 1  1.4 LEAD ...................................................................................................................... 2  1.5 SITE VISITS ........................................................................................................... 2  1.6 CONFINED SPACE ............................................................................................... 2  MARCH 9, 2015 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 2  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 2 • Directed Asbestos Bulk Sampling Report, Cornell University 112 Edgemoor Lane Facility 4748, Rooms 100TA, 200TA & 300TA. Arctic Enterprises, Inc., October 24, 2014. • Directed Asbestos Bulk Sampling Report, Cornell University 112 Edgemoor Lane Facility 4748, Kitchen and Bathroom Renovations. Arctic Enterprises, Inc., February 26, 2015. SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ......................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .......................................................................................... 1  1.3 SUBMITTALS ....................................................................................................... 1  1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION ............................................................................ 1  1.5 SITE USE................................................................................................................ 2  1.6 NOISE AND VIBRATION .................................................................................... 2  1.7 DUST CONTROL .................................................................................................. 2  1.8 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .......................................................... 2  1.9 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK ......................... 3  1.10 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS ............................................................ 3  1.11 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE ............................................. 4  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 4  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 4 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL ................................................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 SPILL PREVENTION ............................................................................................ 1  1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES ....................................................................... 1  1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION ................................................. 4  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 5  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 5  SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ..................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES .................................................................................. 1  1.2 INSPECTIONS ....................................................................................................... 1  1.3 COMPLIANCE....................................................................................................... 1  1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................. 2  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 2  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 2  MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES ......................................................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ............................................................ 1  1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS .................................................................................... 1  1.3 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................ 1  1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS ................................................................................... 3  1.5 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ............................................................... 4  2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED ............................................................................................. 17  3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ........................................................................................... 17  SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL ............................................................................ 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 1  1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS............................................................ 2  1.4 TESTING ................................................................................................................ 3  1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ........................................................................... 3  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 3  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 3  SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ................................ 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ........................................... 1  1.0 PRODUCTS....................................................................................................................... 1   1.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ..................................................................................... 1  1.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES.............................................................. 1  1.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION .................................................................... 1  1.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS ....................................................................................... 3  1.5 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES ............................................................................. 3  1.6 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL ..................................................................... 4  1.7 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION ....................................................... 4  1.8 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES ................................................................... 5  1.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS ........................................................ 5  1.10 SECURITY ............................................................................................................. 5  1.11 FIELD OFFICES .................................................................................................... 5  2.0 EXECUTION .................................................................................................................... 6  2.1 PREPARATION ..................................................................................................... 6  2.2 GENERAL .............................................................................................................. 6  2.3 REMOVAL ............................................................................................................. 6  MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES .................................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ........................................... 1  2.0 PRODUCTS....................................................................................................................... 1   2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ..................................................................................... 1  2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER ............................... 1  2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION ....................................................... 2  2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE .................................. 3  2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES ............................................................ 3  3.0 EXECUTION .................................................................................................................... 3  3.1 REMOVAL ............................................................................................................. 3  SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION ...................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 RESPONSIBILITY................................................................................................. 1  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 1  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 1  SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ........................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING ............................................................. 1  1.3 STORAGE .............................................................................................................. 1  1.4 PROTECTION ........................................................................................................ 2  1.5 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ............................................................ 3  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 4  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 4  SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING ........................................ 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 SUBMITTALS ....................................................................................................... 2  1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ...................................................................................... 2  1.4 WARRANTIES ...................................................................................................... 4  2.0 PRODUCTS....................................................................................................................... 4   2.1 MATERIALS .......................................................................................................... 4  MARCH 9, 2015 3.0 EXECUTION .................................................................................................................... 4  3.1 INSPECTION ......................................................................................................... 4  3.2 PREPARATION ..................................................................................................... 5  3.3 PERFORMANCE ................................................................................................... 5  3.4 CLEANING ............................................................................................................ 7  SECTION 01 74 00 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT .................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 SUMMARY ............................................................................................................ 1  1.2 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................ 1  1.3 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE ................................................................ 2  3.5 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL ... 2  3.6 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE ........................................................... 3  3.7 DISPOSAL OF WASTE......................................................................................... 4  SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT .......................................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 INSPECTIONS ....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 SUBMITTALS ....................................................................................................... 2  1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP ................................................................................................ 3  1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK ..................................................................................... 3  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 4  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 4  SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY .................................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY .................................................................... 1  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 3  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 3  SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ...................................... 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................... 1  1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL ..................................................................................... 2  1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES .................................................. 4  1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ................................................. 4  1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 7  1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL ................................................... 7  1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ............................................................................ 7  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 8  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 8  MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS ................................................................ 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 1  1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) .......................................................... 2  1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) ............................................. 2  1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS....................................................................................... 2  1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED .................................................................................. 2  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 2  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 2  SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS........................................................................ 1  1.0 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 1  1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1  1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES....................................... 1  1.3 RECORDING ......................................................................................................... 2  1.4 SUBMITTAL .......................................................................................................... 3  2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................................................................. 3  3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................................ 3  CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL A. Work to be Done 1. Base bid: Alteration and expansion of three bathrooms. a. Removal of existing finishes, fixtures and accessories; selective demolition; alterations to load-bearing and non-load bearing wood framing; new finishes, including ceramic tile over proprietary waterproofing system; and new fixtures and accessories. b. Associated alterations to mechanical, plumbing, electrical, and sprinkler and fire alarm systems. 2. Add Alternate: Renovation of existing kitchen. a. Replacement of existing kitchen casework, countertops and sink with accessible designs. b. Associated alterations to mechanical, plumbing, and electrical systems. c. Sub-alternates for countertop upgrade, replacement of existing light fixtures, and replacement of existing VCT flooring. Refer to Section 01 23 00 Alternates. 3. Add Alternate: Plumbing work a. Refer to Section 01 23 00 Alternates. 4. Add Alternate: Finish Upgrades a. Refer to Section 01 23 00 Alternates. B. The Scope of the Work 1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity. 2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. 3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. Provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 11 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 23 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. The Specification Section containing the pertinent requirements of materials and methods to achieve the Work described herein. Selected materials and equipment are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at all times. B. The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges. C. The Contractor shall maintain 20’ minimum fire lane access. D. The Contractor shall post flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required. E. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways, roadways and footpaths, and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner’s Representative. F. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on permanent roadways due to the Work. G. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 23 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 H. For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces. I. It is the Owner’s expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personal lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guaranty of Work. J. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval of the Owner's Representative. 1.3 PARKING A. The Owner will designate an area for Contractor parking. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary. B. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Michael Stewart, 607-255-7441, mts96@cornell.edu) for additional information. 1. Free parking (a no-cost permit from Cornell Transportation is required) is available at the contractor staging area on East Palm Rd. 2. Additional pay parking is available at the Stewart-Williams parking lot (at intersection of Stewart Ave and Williams Street, just south of the project site) at a monthly permit cost of approximately $75. Permits may be purchased from Cornell Transportation. Daily and hourly parking is also available at this lot. C. Contractor shall cooperate with Cornell Police and/or other police authorities having jurisdiction, as follows: 1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated parking area. 2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc. 3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements. 4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the construction site. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 23 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 D. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor’s direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore. 1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding. B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased. C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner’s discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses. D. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative. E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits. F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department. G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests shall be submitted in writing to the Owner’s Representative. H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY. 1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A. General 1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS. 2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 23 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. 3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit at least five (5) copies of drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes. 4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect. B. Interference 1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention. 1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis-of-design equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned. B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions: 1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing maintenance and service space required. 2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. 3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 23 00-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.7 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect. 1.8 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed. 1.9 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. A. Before Submitting Proposal 1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine scope and relation to other work. 2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications, by visiting site and/or building. 3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities. B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area 1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building. 2. Inspect all adjacent work. C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement 1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying Drawings. 2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding. 1.10 STAND DOWN DATES A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor’s management and supervision of the following dates and hours is required. 1. Stand-Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site): a. Commencement Weekend. Note: the house will be occupied and operational through Commencement Weekend. Demolition work that substantially affects use of the house shall not commence until Monday, May 25, 2015.  Saturday, May 23, 2015  Sunday, May 24, 2015 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 23 00-6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 b. Reunion Weekend  Saturday, June 6, 2015  Sunday, June 7, 2015 c. Sesquicentennial Events  April 25-26, 2015 d. Study and Exam Periods:  May 5 – 15, 2015 e. Student Related Activities:  Residence Halls Open: August 21, 2015 2. Restricted Work Dates (delivery& demolition restrictions but otherwise work as usual): Friday, May 22, 2015 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon Thursday, Friday June 4 - 5, 2015 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence Friday, June 5, 2015 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon 3. Student and Academic Services May 5 – 15, 2015 Study/Exam period 1.11 WORKING HOURS A. Normal work hours are 8AM-dusk Monday-Saturday except during above noted restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours – Contractor may submit a detailed written request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted. B. During Construction periods, no work shall take place prior to 9AM in a Residence Hall, Fraternity, Co-Op, Sorority, or any type of Housing Unit. Residence Halls requires 72 hours notification to the Student & Academic Services representative prior to entering a Residence Hall or Student Room. This does not apply to Fraternity, Co-Op or Sorority House which require 24 hours notification to the Facilities Manager. 1. Note: This restriction shall not apply to residences that are wholly unoccupied during break periods. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York ALTERNATES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 23 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section describes the changes to be made under each Alternative. B. The Specification Section containing the pertinent requirements of materials and methods to achieve the Work described herein. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain items that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the product, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. Alternates shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses, including bond costs, in connection therewith. B. Coordination: Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent Work as necessary to ensure that Work affected by each accepted alternate is complete and fully integrated into the Project. C. Notification: Immediately following Contract award, prepare and distribute to each party involved, notification of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. D. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects or similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the alternate. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. ALTERNATE No. 1: Kitchen Renovation Refer to Drawing A110 and associated mechanical, electrical and plumbing drawings. Remove existing casework, countertops, surface wiremold, sink, and range hood. Replace with ADA-compliant casework, plastic laminate countertop, stainless steel sink and range hood. Provide associated mechanical, electrical and plumbing alterations. 1. SUBALTERNATE No. 1A: Countertop Upgrade In lieu of plastic laminate countertop and stainless steel sink, provide solid surface countertop. 2. SUBALTERNATE No. 1B: Light Fixture Replacement CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York ALTERNATES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 23 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 Remove existing ceiling-mounted light fixtures. Replace with new light fixtures. 3. SUBALTERNATE No. 1C: VCT Flooring Replacement Remove existing vinyl composite tile (VCT) flooring and underlayment. Replace with new VCT flooring and underlayment. B. ALTERNATE No. 2: Additional Plumbing Insulation Refer to Drawing P101. C. ALTERNATE No. 3: Additional Ceramic Wall Tile Refer to elevations in Drawings A101, A102 and A103. In lieu of painting walls above ceramic tile accent band outside shower areas, provide ceramic wall field tile to ceiling. D. ALTERNATE No. 4: Shower Wall Finish Upgrade Refer to elevations in Drawings A101, A102 and A103. In lieu of 4x4 ceramic tile and compatible inside corner trim on three walls of each shower enclosure in each bathroom, provide large-format porcelain panel and compatible inside corner trim. [Note: shower floors and ceilings are excluded from this alternate.] 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 23 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor’s control, such as unavailability of product, or regulatory changes. a. Products that are not available from Contractor’s preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete list of products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number. C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: 1. Name and address of the manufacturer. 2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with other products and construction methods. 2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products. 1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL A. Equivalents or Approvals - General 1. The words “similar and equal to”, or “or equal”, “equivalent” and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word “products” shall be deemed to be include the words “articles”, “materials”, “items”, “equipment” and “methods”. Whenever in the Contract documents one or more products are specified, the words “similar and equal to” shall be deemed inserted. 2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product. 4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed by the Contractor. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor. B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding 1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract. 2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall provide the same at its own cost and expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named. 1. Products: a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Products” or that include the phrase “provide one of the following”, and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 b. Non-restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Products” or that include the phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “provide products by one of the following”, and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non-restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements. - Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non-restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and do not include a list of other manufacturers’ names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed. D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Form as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of contract award. C. Submit a separate request for each substitution in triplicate. Support each request with: 1. Completed "Substitution Request Form" in approved format attached at end of this Section. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; identify: - Product description. - Reference standards. - Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each installation. 3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing any variations. 4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule. 5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-7 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 6. List any changes required in other work or projects. 7. Designate any required license fees or royalties. 8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials. D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum. E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. 2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner. G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution. 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product or manufacturer: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-8 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 25 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre-construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting. a. To all participants in the meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Architect. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule within fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's Representative(s) 2. Contractor(s) 3. Architect and its professional consultants 4. Major Subcontractors 5. Major suppliers CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor 7. Commissioning Agent D. Minimum Agendum: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction Schedules 2. Critical work sequencing a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4. Project Coordination a. Designation of responsible personnel 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Requests for Information g. Daily Reports 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements c. Job site personnel conduct d. Building access and security 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 10. Temporary utilities 11. Safety and first-aid procedures a. Site specific safety plan 12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period. B. Attendance: 1. Architect 2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed 3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent 4. Owner's Representatives 5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 7. Safety Representative C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting 2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades 3. Review of work progress since previous meeting 4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts 5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule 6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 8. Revisions to Construction Schedule 9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period 10. Coordination of schedules CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required 12. Maintenance of quality standards 13. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders 14. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date b. Effect on other contracts of the Project 15. Other business D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 19*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner’s electronic Project Management (e-PM) system eBuilder on this project. 1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project. B. There are no fees to utilize this system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions Article 9 – Coordination and Cooperation. B. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All project-specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored and routed within the ePM system. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the e- PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All correspondence should be communicated through the e-PM system. B. Training 1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system’s use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the contractor’s proposal CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 9, 2015 C. The Contractor shall provide on-site his or her own personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will allow the Contractor and his/her staff to access and use the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software: 1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability 2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production 3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and quickly 4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera 5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFI’s, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals, submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre- construction surveys. 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system. B. Project Team Directory – Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project. C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI’s will be submitted using the ePM Website System. Attachments to RFI’s (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFI electronically. D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner. E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor recommends. F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 9, 2015 posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited. G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00. H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis. I. Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports. J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system, field by date and type including but not limited to: 1. General Progress Photographs 2. RFI Issues 3. Non-Conforming Work 4. Special Events 5. As required by individual Specification Sections K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats. L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals that relate to the project. M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team. N. Quality Assurance: The Owner will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system. O. Change Management – Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e-PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders. P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) – The Contractor shall create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system. Q. Budget and Cost Management – Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 9, 2015 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project. B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 50*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall, within 15 days after award of the Contract, prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub- schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work. B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed. C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner. D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values. E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules. 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers. 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction. Specifically list: a. Subcontractor work b. Equipment installations CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 c. Finishes d. Pre-Installation meetings 3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified. B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn-around time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in processing. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. 3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule. 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous submission 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.5 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment. C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement of work. D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. 1.6 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner Job Site personnel 2. Subcontractors 3. Other concerned parties B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections of the schedule. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 16*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 32 33-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Submittals 1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. 2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week. 3. Submit image files within five days of taking photographs. 4. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the view. B. Closeout Submittals 1. Record Photograph Submittal Format: Compile all photographs taken throughout the work and submit in CD format. Submit one CD to Architect and one CD to Owner. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction. 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work. B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review. C. Provide photographs of any wall assembly containing MEP, A/V or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed-prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 32 33-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 33*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Product Data 3. Samples 4. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals 5. Certification of asbestos-free products B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be needed. C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non- electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled draftsmen and presented in a clear and thorough manner. 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. 3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements. 6. Submittal: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain returned print as a “Record Document”. 1.3 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data includes: 1. Brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. 2. Documentation in accordance with Section 01 35 29, Paragraph 1.3.A, that products are 100% asbestos-free. B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so with result in rejection of the submission. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through information that does not apply. 6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. 7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options by Architect is required. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 8. Submittals: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain one (1) copy as a “Record Document”. 1.4 SAMPLES A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. C. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect. 2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect. 5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition. D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. 1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. 2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer. 3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. 4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations. 5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect’s selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 6. Submittals: a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect’s review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the submittal from electronically via the electronic project management. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications, manufacturer’s instructions, and manufacturer’s field reports. B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Manufacturer’s instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product. E. Manufacturer’s field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer’s field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer’s standards or instructions. F. For applicable finish materials, insulation, and other fibrous materials, provide manufacturer’s attestation as to asbestos free products. G. Submittals: 1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. 2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as “Record Document”. 1.6 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect. B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 C. Contractor’s approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor’s failure to fully review and approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation. D. Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Compliance with the Contract Documents 2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions 3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction. 4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades. 5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule. 7. All other provisions of the agreements. E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work or additional cost. F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work. G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color-related submittals at one time. H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work. I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled. J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals. K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings. L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section 01 35 39 1.7 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved. 4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each submittal requiring the Architect’s review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened. An additional 5 working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware Schedules. 6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review. 7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal. 8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing. 9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by the Architect. 10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule. 11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor’s sole risk, cost and expense. B. Submittal Preparation 1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-7 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 4. Include following information on label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name and number. b. Date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions. c. Contract identification. d. Name of Architect. e. Name and address of Contractor. f. Name of subcontractor. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Name of supplier. i. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product. j. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. k. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. l. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. m. A blank space for the Architect’s stamps. 5. Identification of revisions on re-submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on previous submittals. 6. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor. C. Submittal Transmittal 1. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. 2. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. 3. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 4. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed. 5. Where noted or directed, transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect’s consultant and forward copy of transmittal form to Architect. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-8 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.8 RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Provide a record copy of the submittal to the Commissioning Agent in electronic format. . Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the “as-installed” system. Provide document in PDF format. B. Record copy of the submittal must be forwarded to the Commissioning Agent within fourteen (14) calendar days of the final approved submittal. C. Provide a record copy of the submittal (hard and electronic format) for the O&M Manual. 1.9 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.10 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this Section. B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp mean the following: 1. "No Exception" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found and Work may proceed. 2. "Make Corrections Noted" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly. 3. "Revise and Resubmit" or “Rejected” indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. C. Informational Submittals: Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect. 1. Architect will forward informational submittals without action. 2. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents. D. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-9 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 E. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action. F. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission. 1.11 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to: 1. Job site file 2. Record Documents file 3. Subcontractors 4. Installers 5. Suppliers 6. Manufacturers 7. Fabricators 8. Architect 9. Owner B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 33 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. 1.2 CONTRACTOR’S SAFETY PLAN A. The Contractor will submit a site Safety Plan for review by Cornell University before commencement of work on the site. The safety plan should address site specific safety concerns related directly to the Work being done. The following safety plan review checklist is provided to assist contractors in tailoring their safety plan to the Work. Safety plans that inadequately address safe operations and equipment will be returned for resubmission. Failure to submit an appropriate site safety plan may result in denial of the payment. B. In addition, Contractor shall provide the names and contact information for all site safety personnel, including the Site Health and Safety Officer. 1.3 ASBESTOS A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form “Exhibit AC” stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor-installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions. B. Attached for the Contractor’s information are lead based paint and asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building. C. Removal and disposal of material containing asbestos shall be performed by the Owner under separate contract. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.4 LEAD A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the Contractor’s means and/or methods. Lead was a common ingredient in paint until 1978. 112 Edgemoor Lane was constructed in 1880. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 “Lead in Construction Standards”. This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint. 1.5 SITE VISITS A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of all persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person. 1.6 CONFINED SPACE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 Jobsite Name: Date: Job No: General Contractor: Jobsite Location: Subcontractor: Scope of Work: Prime Contractor: Completed by: Shops: Applies Designated to this Competent Contractor? Person Standard Y/N (employee name) Subpart C - General Provisions 1926.20 - .35 Subpart D - Occupational Health & Environmental. Controls 1926.50 - .66 Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts, Mists 1926.55 Lead 1926.62 Subpart E - Personal Protective Equipment 1926.95 - .107 Subpart F – Fire Protection & Prevention 1926.150 - .159 Subpart G – Signs, Signals and Barricades 1926.200 - .203 Subpart H – Materials Handling, Storage, Use & Disposal 1926.250 - .252 Subpart I – Tools – Hand & Power 1926.300 - .307 Subpart J – Welding & Cutting 1926.350 - .354 Subpart K – Electrical 1926.400 - .449 Applies Designated Job ‐ Specific Safety Manual Checklist  CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 to this Competent Contractor? Person Standard Y/N (employee name) Subpart L – Scaffolds 1926.450 - .454 Subpart M – Fall Protection 1926.500 - .503 Subpart N – Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, & Conveyors 1926.550 - .556 Subpart P – Excavations 1926.650 - .652 Subpart Q – Concrete & Masonry Construction 1926.700 - .706 Subpart R – Steel Erection 1926.750 - .761 Subpart S – Tunnels, Shafts, Caissons, Cofferdams, & Compressed Air 1926.800 - .804 Subpart T – Demolition 1926.850 - .860 Subpart U – Blasting & Use of Explosives 1926.900 - .914 Subpart V – Power Transmission & Distribution 1926.950 - .960 Subpart X – Stairways & Ladders 1926.1050 - .1060 Subpart Y – Commercial Diving Operations 1926.1071 – 1090 Recordkeeping – 1926.1091 - .1092 Subpart Z – Toxic and Hazardous Substances 1926.1100 - .1152 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 ***END OF SECTION 01 35 29*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner’s Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittals: 1. Contractor’s Waste Material Disposal Plan. 2. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials. 3. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site. 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site during all working hours. B. If at any time operations under the representative’s supervision do not comply with this Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.5 SITE USE A. Only that portion of the working area that is absolutely necessary and essential for the work shall be used for construction. B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or environmental quality of the area. 1.6 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise-muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements 1.7 DUST CONTROL A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the duration of construction. B. If, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor’s expense, employ alternative means to control dust. C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA. 1.8 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to: 1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters. 3. Pumping of any silt-laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters. 4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities. 5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or specifically approved by the Owner’s site representative. 6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream. 7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials. B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work. C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer. D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner’s Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control Procedures. 1.9 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK A. Obtain approval from the Owner’s Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing plans to the Owner’s Representative in writing. The following shall require approval of the Owner: 1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections. 2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air emissions. B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner’s Representative. 1.10 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) for guidance. C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor’s performance or failure to perform hereunder. D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal. 1.11 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” to the Owner’s Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. B. The “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” form, together with definitions associated with the form waste descriptions, is attached to this Section. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 43*** Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan Revision date: May 2010 Page 1 of 2 1. Contractor Name: ________________________ Contact Name/Number/Email: Project Name/Description: Contract No.: Project Start Date: Project End Date: _ CU Project Manager: 2. Check all hazardous materials that will be generated as waste: Category Description Estimated Source MSDS Available Waste Management Re-Use Transporter Destination or Disposal Location Cornell Contractor CU- Mgt Contractor Mgt EHS Grounds Solvents PCBs Asbestos Lead Mercury Chromium Other Toxic Metals (describe in section 4) Mold Light Bulbs Thermostats Batteries Used Oil Contaminated PPE & Materials Other (describe in section 4) No hazardous waste Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan Revision date: May 2010 Page 2 of 2 3. Check all non-hazardous wastes that will be generated during the project: Category Disposal Facility Name Facility Address Facility Phone Transporter EstimatedQuantity C&D Clean soil Non C&D solid waste Other (describe in section IV) No non-hazardous waste will be generated 4. Further description of waste materials expected to be generated during the project: 5. Contractor Certification I, _______________________________________, do hereby certify that I have identified above all waste materials expected to be generated by the Project named in Section 1 and that I will dispose of all such waste materials in a legally permissible manner and location(s), in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. I further certify that I will amend this form as appropriate if I, my representatives, employees or subcontractors become aware of any additional wastes that will be generated by the Project. I further agree to notify the CU Project Manager if I become aware of any legal non-compliance associated with disposal of Project wastes by anyone. _____________________________________________ Contractor Signature Print Name Date 6. Submit completed forms to CU Project Manager. CU Project Manager must submit this completed form to CU Environmental Health and Safety Office before start of work and before the first payment will be made. The completed form will be incorporated as an enforceable part of the contract. Forms can be submitted electronically to EHS at mailto:ehsdir-mailbox@cornell.edu or via campus mail to EHS attn: Waste Plans, East Hill Office Building Revision date: May 2010  Page 1 of 3 Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan: The following is not solid waste: Discarded materials that are being beneficially used pursuant to 6NYCRR Section 360-1.15 A material is disposed of if it is discharged, deposited, injected, dumped, spilled, leaked or placed into or on any land or water so that such material or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into groundwater or surface water. Asbestos: Any waste material containing the asbestiform varieties of: Chrysotile (serpentine); crocidolite (riebeckite); amosite (cum- mingtonitegrunerite); anthophyllite; tremolite; and actinolite. Batteries: All spent batteries being disposed that are regulated by New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) in 6 New York Code of Rules and Regulations (NYCRR) Part 374-3, or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 273.2 as Universal Waste Batteries. Borrow Material: Fill material required for on-site construction that is obtained from other locations. Chromium: Any waste containing chromium or contaminated with chromium that exceeds the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for chromium as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Clean Soil: Soil that is uncontaminated with any solid or hazardous waste, C&D debris, trees, stumps, yard waste or wood chips per definitions of those terms below. Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris: Uncontaminated solid waste resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads; and uncontaminated solid waste resulting from land clearing. Such waste includes, but is not limited to bricks, concrete and other masonry materials, soil, rock, wood (including painted, treated and coated wood and wood products), land clearing debris, wall coverings, plaster, drywall, plumbing fixtures, non-asbestos insulation, roofing shingles and other roof coverings, asphaltic pavement, glass, plastics that are not sealed in a manner that conceals other wastes, empty buckets ten gallons or less in size and having no more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom, electrical wiring and components containing no hazardous liquids, and pipe and metals that are incidental to any of the above. Solid waste that is not C&D debris (even if resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads and land clearing) includes, but is not limited to asbestos waste, garbage, corrugated container board, electrical fixtures containing hazardous liquids such as fluorescent light ballasts or transformers, fluorescent lights, carpeting, furniture, appliances, tires, drums, containers greater than ten gallons in size, any containers having more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom and fuel tanks. Specifically excluded from the definition of construction and demolition debris is solid waste (including what otherwise would be construction and demolition debris) resulting from any processing technique, other than that employed at a department-approved C&D debris processing facility, that renders individual waste components unrecognizable, such as pulverizing or shredding. Also, waste contained in an illegal disposal site may be considered C&D debris if the department determines that such waste is similar in nature and content to C&D debris. Construction and Demolition Debris Processing Facility means a processing facility that receives and processes construction and demolition debris by any means. Revision date: May 2010  Page 2 of 3 Contaminated PPE & Materials: Any personal protective equipment such as gloves, coveralls, boot covers, respirator cartridges etc.; or rags, tools, articles or other material that has become adulterated by a hazardous material, and which meets the definition of hazardous waste or is considered unsuitable for disposal as regular trash. Exempt C&D and Stump Facilities: The following facilities are exempt from Solid waste management facility permitting requirements provided the facilities operate only between the hours of sunrise and sunset, and (if the allowable waste comes from an off-site source) no fee or other form of consideration is required for the privilege of using the facility for disposal purposes: (i) A site at which only the following C&D debris is placed: recognizable uncontaminated concrete and concrete products (including steel or fiberglass reinforcing rods that are embedded in the concrete), asphalt pavement, brick, glass, soil and rock. (Recognizable means solid waste that can be readily identified as C&D debris by visual observation.) (ii) A landfill for the disposal of trees, stumps, yard waste and wood chips generated from these materials is exempt when origin and disposal of such waste occur on properties under the same ownership or control. Hazardous Waste: Any waste material that meets the definition of “hazardous waste” in 6 NYCRR 371.1 and 40 CFR 261.3 and that is not excluded by regulation. Land Clearing Debris means vegetative matter, soil and rock resulting from activities such as land clearing and grubbing, utility line maintenance or seasonal or storm-related cleanup such as trees, stumps, brush and leaves and including wood chips generated from these materials. Land clearing debris does not include yard waste which has been collected at the curbside. Lead: Any metallic lead or waste material containing lead, e.g. waste paint chips, that exceed the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for lead as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Light Bulbs: All spent lamps or light bulbs being disposed that are regulated in 6 NYCRR Part 374-3 or 40 CFR 273.5. Mercury: Liquid mercury or any waste containing mercury at levels exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for mercury as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Mold: Construction material or debris contaminated with mold fungus that is unsuitable for reuse. Other Toxic Metals: Any waste containing a metal or contaminated by a metal identified in, and exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit of 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24.PCBs: All electrical articles and equipment or the used oil removed from them, containing polychlorinated biphenyls at levels regulated by 6 NYCRR 371.4(e) Scrap Metal: Bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces that may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box cars), which when worn or superfluous can be recycled. Revision date: May 2010  Page 3 of 3 Solid Waste (Non C&D): Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded materials including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial, commercial, mining and agricultural operations, and from community activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to permit under 33 USC 1342, or source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, except as may be provided by existing agreements between the State of New York and the government of the United States. Solvents: Substances (usually liquid) suitable for, or employed in, solution, or in dissolving something; as, water is the appropriate solvent for most salts, alcohol for resins, ether for fats, and mercury or acids for metals, etc. Typically these are chemicals are used as paint thinners or cleaning solutions. Spoil: Refuse material removed from an excavation. Used Oil: Any oil refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used, and as a result of such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. “See 6 NYCRR 374-2 or 40 CFR 279” Thermostats: Any mercury-containing thermostat as defined in 6 NYCRR 374-3.1(d), or 40 CFR 273.4 Uncontaminated C&D Debris: C&D Debris that is not mixed or commingled with other solid waste at the point of generation, processing or disposal, and that is not contaminated with spills of a petroleum product, hazardous waste or industrial waste. Contamination from spills of a petroleum product does not include asphalt or concrete pavement that has come into contact with petroleum products through normal vehicle use of the roadway. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects: 1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site. 2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products. 3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in accordance with all fire and safety codes. B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such materials. 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the following procedures shall be followed: A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall: 1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1. 3). CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area. 3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety. a. Stop the spill at once (if possible). b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.). c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area. d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread. e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source. f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill. g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified. h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion. i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment. B. Spill Cleanup: 1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated. a. Use proper waste containers. b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible or reactive substances in the same container. c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid. e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill. f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product. g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor. h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B. C. Fire or Explosion: 1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall: a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified. b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel. c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area. d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so. e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers. f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if required. The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457- 7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply: TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING CRITERIA DESCRIPTION Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons. Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment. Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious surface. Cleanup The spill must be cleaned-up within two hours of occurrence. Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto surface water. A release of a “reportable quantity”1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or “harmful quantities”2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802. Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible: 1. The date and time of the spill or release. 2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance. 3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event. 4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill. 5. The source of the release or spill. 6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 112 EDGEMOOR LANE SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution. 8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site. 9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation. 10. The extent of injuries, if any. 11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals. 12. Assistance required, if any. If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675. 2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases. (1)Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner’s spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you. (2)Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3). 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 44*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall include but are not limited to building, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe and building demolition. B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a “Notification of Demolition and Renovation” and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner’s Representative prior to any demolition. C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained through the City of Ithaca. D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting: 1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Uniform Code of New York State. 2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration –Level 1; Alteration – Level 2; Alteration – Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for this type of work. 3. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department. 1.2 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all service charges, pavement cuts and repairs. 1.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If not permit fees were required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 41 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings. B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. C. Install All Work in Compliance with: 1. Building Code of New York State 2. BCNYS Referenced Codes 3. National Electric Code 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101. 6. All local ordinances 7. Mechanical Code of New York State. 8. Fuel Gas Code of New York State. 9. Fire Code of New York State. 10. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. “General”: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. “Contract Documents”: The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 C. “The Contract”: The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. D. “The Work”: The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated in such construction. E. “Owner”: Cornell University a New York corporation. F. “Architect/Engineer”: The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative. G. “Contractor”: The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction Agreement contract is made by Owner. H. “Subcontractor”: A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor. I. “As Approved” or “Approved”: Architect’s or Owner’s approval. J. “As Directed”: Owner’s direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." K. “Indicated”: Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as “indicated.” L. “Regulations”: Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. M. “Furnish”: Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. O. “Reinstall”. To place back into a former position. P. “Replace”. Provide a substitute for. Q. “Provide”: Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. R. “Concealed’: Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable. S. “Exposed”: All capital Work not identified as concealed. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 T. “Project Site”: Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. U. “As-Built Documents”: Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction. V. “Record Drawings”: Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The “record” drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as-built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor. W. “Shop Drawings”: Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work. X. “Samples”: Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. Y. “General Conditions”: The standardized contractual provisions describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction contract. Z. “Contract Limit Lines”: A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes. AA. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are directions given to the Contractor; 1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253 Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-0080 Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800 Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800 www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.5 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air-Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-7 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-8 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 www.fmglobal.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-9 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-10 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-11 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-12 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 www.nofma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700 www.nybfu.org PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-13 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841 SBI Steel Boiler Institute SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-14 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177 www.tileroofing.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962 www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 www.usgbc.org WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 NEC National Electric Code CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-16 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE REFERENCES 01 42 00-17 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 42 00**** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL 112 EDGEMOOR LANE QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC) program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program. 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection: 1. Pre-Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre-installations are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre-installation meeting. When practical, pre- installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. a. Agenda to include the following: i. Appointment ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project. iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required. iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements. v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements. vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work. vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners consideration. viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500. ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL 112 EDGEMOOR LANE QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410. xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment. xii. Special safety requirements and procedures. b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting: i. Project Manager. ii. Project Field Supervisor iii. Subcontractor iv. Architect’s Representative v. Owner’s Representative vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable vii. Testing Agency, when applicable 2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that the materials and equipment are on hand. 3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract requirements. 4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular work. 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf" items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the completed project. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL 112 EDGEMOOR LANE QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.4 TESTING A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship requirements. 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University may direct. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and services. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations. 1.0 PRODUCTS 1.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor’s option. B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications. 1.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site. B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals. 1.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire-prevention and - protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 B. Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. 2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards. 3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system. 4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building. 5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas. 6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire-protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. 7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use. 8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire- protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction. C. Enforce fire-safety discipline: 1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location. 2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project. 3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions. 4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings. 5. Closely supervise welding and torch-cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions. 6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel. D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes and other such equipment. B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel. C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition. 1.5 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets. 2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials. 3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. 4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental conditions and effects. B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from construction work. 1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture. b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire-retardant paint as required by local fire regulations. 2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible. 3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible. 1.6 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of water at all times. B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor 1.7 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION A. Preserve and protect existing trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site. B. Consult with Owner, and remove agreed-on roots and branches which interfere with construction. 1. Employ qualified tree surgeon to remove, and to treat cuts. C. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference Cornell University Design Standards and Details: http://cds.fs.cornell.edu/file/1_8_3_Protective%20Construction%20Fencing%20for%20Trees%20Dtl.pdf D. Protect root zones of trees, plants and lawn areas: 1. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking. 2. Do not store materials or products. 3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. 4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 E. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. F. Replace, or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations. G. Roots 2 inches or larger that are damaged or cut during construction are to be sawed off close to the tree side of the excavation. H. During the leafing-out period in the spring, extra care should be exercised to reduce root damage such as keeping exposed roots wet, saturating soil when backfilling around roots, and backfilling as soon as possible. I. Trees damaged during construction should be fertilized according to standard tree maintenance practices. J. If roots are cut back as a result of construction, proper pruning standards should be applied to compensate for root loss, while maintaining the natural character of the tree. 1.8 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect personnel and employees at the site, and the public, against hazards on or adjacent to the construction site. 1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards. 2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA-approved signs, as well as, proper barricades. 1.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. No signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. 1.10 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the Owner. 1.11 FIELD OFFICES A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of the Contractor and Owner. B. Provide a designated break area within the project site limits to minimize interaction between construction personnel and the Campus community. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 2.0 EXECUTION 2.1 PREPARATION A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. 1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the Work. 2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents. 2.2 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40. B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality specified for the original installation. E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site. F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner’s Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week. G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner. 2.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. 2. At completion of the Project. B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-7 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and utilities. 2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes, and clean the area. ***END OF SECTION 01 50 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades for construction. Remove on completion of Work. B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and distribution. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition. B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its operations as possible as long as such connections do not over-load the capacity of the Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power. The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor. C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected. The required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours. All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code. E. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls, fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat. F. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges relating to shutdowns. G. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal The Contractor shall: 1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby. 2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. 2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary for constructing the Work. B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating system shall in no way constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work. C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written maintenance plan for acceptance by the Owner’s Representative, prior to utilizing the equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts, lubrication, operation outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing. 1. If the Contractor elects to use the building’s permanent heating system for temporary heat, the Contractor shall provide filters with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 D. Any temporary system shall be removed when no longer required. E. During heating cycles the enclosures separating the interior building areas from outside shall be maintained closed to conserve heat energy. F. The Contractor shall provide for ventilation of all structures until Physical Completion of the Work and shall control such ventilation to avoid excessive moisture levels and rates of drying of construction materials, including but not limited to concrete and to plaster, and to prevent condensation on sensitive surfaces. The Contractor shall be responsible for any moisture intrusion that is detrimental to the Project. 2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times. 2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during construction. The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean and sanitary conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services associated with such usage. 1. If, during the project, the building facilities are no longer operational due to the progression of construction work, the contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary sanitary facilities for construction staff. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition. ***END OF SECTION 01 51 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 23 Ithaca, New York HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION PROJECT HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 01 51 23-1 MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain existing or temporary building heating systems to accomplish the following: 1. Protect the existing facility and facility plumbing systems against damage due to cold temperatures. 2. Provide sufficient heat so that the Work can be accomplished in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Maintain construction schedules as required by the Contract. B. Include in the bid price an amount necessary to provide Construction Heat as required. C. Existing central steam systems may be used to the extent that they do not interfere with the safe and effective completion of Work. However, any modifications to existing systems shall be corrected prior to the conclusion of work. D. No natural gas is available to the facility for temporary heat. E. At the conclusion of the project the facility heating systems shall be returned to functional order as necessary to protect the building and facility plumbing systems. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall include in the bid the cost of the temporary heat. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs to the facility necessitated by the failure to provide heat during any portion of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 51 23*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 112 EDGEMOOR LANE STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obscuring from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas. 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction space. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage. 1.3 STORAGE A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with the daily functioning of the Institution. B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds. C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 112 EDGEMOOR LANE STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus. E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work. F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment. 1.4 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work. B. Protection of Utilities 1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage. 2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of its operation. C. Protective Covering 1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows: a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades. b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 112 EDGEMOOR LANE STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires on wheels. d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation. e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including but not limited to flooring, wood in-fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc. 1.5 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products, including Owner-provided products, and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas. C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel. D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 112 EDGEMOOR LANE STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 66 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes. B. Upon written instructions of the Owner’s Representative: 1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified. 3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work. 4. Patch work uncovered or removed. C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof. D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner’s Representative. E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. F. Openings and Chases 1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract. 2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of the affected work. 3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. The effect on the work of the Owner’s property, or on the structural integrity of the Project. 5. Description of the proposed work: a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. The extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching. 8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. B. Should conditions of the work of the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions and Product Options. C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load-carrying capacity for load-deflection ratio. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following: a. Foundation construction b. Bearing and retaining walls CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 c. Structural concrete d. Structural steel and lintels e. Structural decking f. Miscellaneous structural metals g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports i. Equipment supports B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment b. Air or smoke barriers c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers d. Membranes and flashings e. Fire protection systems f. Control systems g. Communication systems h. Electrical wiring systems i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner’s opinion, reduce the building’s aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner. D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner. 1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane. 2. Water Tightness a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight. b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight. c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner’s Representative before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of in-place or existing materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during: 1. Cutting and patching. B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the Work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties. D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations free from water. E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to receive new work. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of services is required. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. 4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform visual appearance. 5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even- plane surface of uniform appearance. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-7 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather-tight condition. a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof- top mounted items. D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work. F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. ***END OF SECTION 01 73 29*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 74 00 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 4. Maintaining and implementing a comprehensive plan for maximizing recycling and salvaging of waste materials and documenting quantity of recycled and salvaged waste. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.3 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site. C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area as designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors. E. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather. F. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size. G. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage. H. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panel boards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type. 3.5 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper, beverage containers, and other recyclable consumables used by on-site workers. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor unless otherwise indicated in the ‘Agreement’. C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. 2. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 3. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 4. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of trees. 5. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 6. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. 3.6 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. ***END OF SECTION 01 74 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS A. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall make a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. After receipt of the Contractor’s initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked-up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor’s punch list. The Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete. C. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work found to be incomplete or defective. D. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor’s certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor. E. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. F. All work performed under a Fire Protection system Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department. 3. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 4. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code does not require the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA. 5. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions: a. Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State. b. Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more than 20 sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from the rest of the system c. Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump. d. A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components. e. A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified. f. A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced. g. A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified h. An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement. i. A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems. B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final Completion. C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications. 2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned. 3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring. 5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. 6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean. 7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning. 8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began. 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 77 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner’s Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include: 1. Name of Product 2. Equipment Classification 3. Manufacturer 4. Model Number 5. Serial Number 6. Cost 7. Location (including Building and Room Number) 8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation) C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its’ disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects. E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner’s Representative. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST  Building Equipment  AC Drive/VSD  Air Dryer  Backflow Preventor  Air Compressor  Building  Sprinkler  Control  Vacuum  Pump  Condensate  Glycol  CWC  HWC  Potable  Sanitary Sewer  Storm Sewer  Sump  Quality Water  Fuel  Fan  Exhaust  Supply  Return  Fume Hood  Furnace  Generator  Hot Water Heater  Heat Exchangers  Boiler  Tank  Unit Heater  Fan Coil  VAV Box  Transfer Switch  Motor  Pump  Fan  Lift/Levelers  Water Softener  Reverse Osmosis CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 22*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 112 EDGEMOOR LANE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work. 2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. Manual shall be supplied in hard and electronic format as described below: B. Hard Copy Format: 1. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" and a CD with electronic files. 2. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file. 3. Drawings: a. Drawings are required in both hard copy and electronic format. b. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. c. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages. 4. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of equipment. a. Provide type description of product, and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed thumb tab. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 112 EDGEMOOR LANE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 5. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: a. Title of Project b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. C. Binders for Hard Copy: 1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 2. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. D. Electronic Copy 1. The electronic version of the O&M Manual will contain all of the same content as the hard copy version. Electronic copies of the product data and record submittals shall be in pdf format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format. 2. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. 3. When electronic submissions are made on electronic media such as CDs, six copies of the electronic media shall be provided. 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontract or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 112 EDGEMOOR LANE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete reference to inapplicable information. C. Submittal Data: 1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the “as-installed” system. D. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 112 EDGEMOOR LANE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-4 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files and two (2) copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special-manufactured products. d. Certification as to asbestos free (drywall / gypsum products, insulation, finish materials / adhesives and other fibrous products) 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit electronic media containing native .pdf files and two (2) copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 112 EDGEMOOR LANE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-5 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication required: a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As-installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 112 EDGEMOOR LANE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-6 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of Specifications and General Conditions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 112 EDGEMOOR LANE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-7 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit three (3) copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals. Provide two (2) copies in hard format and one (1) electronic file for the Commissioning Agent. 1. Architect will review draft and return one copy (1) with comments. B. Submit two (2) copies of completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase of the Project. Provide two (2) copies in hard format and one (1) 1. One (1) copy will be returned with comments. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance. 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems: 1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing. 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 112 EDGEMOOR LANE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-8 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 23*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall: A. Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co-execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. B. Number of original copies required: 1. Two (2) each hard copy 2. One (1) set in electronic format. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number. 3. Scope. 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration. 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) A. Prepare in duplicate packets. B. Format: 1. Size 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3-ring binder. a. Fold larger sheets to fit binders. C. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS". List: a. Title of Project b. Name of Contractor D. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) A. The electronic version of the Warranties and Bonds will contain all of the same content as the hard copy version Electronic copies shall be in pdf format B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. 1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 36*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 7. Field Test records 8. Construction photographs 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner’s Representative and the Architect. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.3 RECORDING A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. C. Drawings Record drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings using colored ink or pencil, and the construction record drawings shall be kept current on a day-to-day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation “per Change Order No. X”, or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. The day-to-day construction record drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner’s Representative for review upon request. The "Record" drawings shall show the following information: 1. all significant changes in plan, sections, elevations and details, such as shifts in location of walls, doors, windows, stairs and the like made during construction; 2. all significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock-out" panels made during construction; 3. final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions; 4. final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean-outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water drainage; and 5. final location and arrangement of all underground utilities, connections to building and/or rerouting of existing utilities, including, but not limited to, sanitary, storm, heating, electric, signal, gas, water and telephone.. 6. Final topographic contours of finished earth surfaces, finished grades, streets, etc. 7. Additions to project, elimination of project components, relocation of components. B. Specifications and Addenda Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS 112 EDGEMOOR LANE RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3 BATHROOM ALTERATIONS MARCH 9, 2015 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner’s Representative. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 39*** G E N E R A L C O N D I T I O N S FOR 112 EDGEMOOR LANE BATHROOM RENOVATIONS CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK Rev 08-2012 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 Owner 1 Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings 1 Section 1.03 Order of Precedence 1 ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2 Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2 Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2 Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3 Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3 Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4 Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4 Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4 Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5 Section 2.10 Meetings 5 Section 2.11 Related Work 5 Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5 Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5 Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6 Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6 ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6 Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6 Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7 Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7 Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged Work 7 Section 3.06 Acceptance 7 ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 Changes 8 Section 4.02 Form of Change Orders 10 ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 Time of Completion 10 i Rev 08-2012 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION Section 6.01 Termination for Cause 11 Section 6.02 Termination for Convenience of Owner 11 Section 6.03 Owner's Right to do Work 12 ARTICLE 7 DISPUTES Section 7.01 Disputes Procedure 12 ARTICLE 8 SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 Subcontracting 13 ARTICLE 9 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 Cooperation with Other Contractors 13 ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 Accidents and Accident Prevention 15 Section 10.02 Adjoining Property 16 Section 10.03 Emergencies 16 Section 10.04 Bonds 16 Section 10.05 Risks Assumed by the Contractor 16 Section 10.06 Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance 17 Section 10.07 Liability Insurance of the Owner 18 Section 10.08 Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards 18 Section 10.09 Effect of Procurement of Insurance 19 Section 10.10 No Third Party Rights 19 ARTICLE 11 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 Substantial Completion 19 Section 11.02 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 19 ARTICLE 12 PAYMENT Section 12.01 Provision of Payment 20 Section 12.02 Withholding Payments 22 Section 12.03 Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment 22 Section 12.04 Final Payment and Release 23 ARTICLE 13 TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 24 ii Rev 08-2012 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 14 GUARANTEE Section 14.01 Guarantee 24 ARTICLE 15 STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted 25 Section 15.02 Laws Governing the Contract 25 Section 15.03 Assignments 25 Section 15.04 No Third Party Rights 25 Section 15.05 Waiver of Rights of Owner 25 Section 15.06 Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action 25 Section 15.07 Limitation on Actions 26 Section 15.08 Owner's Representative 27 ARTICLE 16 ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT 27 ARTICLE 17 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 27 ARTICLE 18 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 27 ARTICLE 19 CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 19.01 Release of Information 27 Section 19.02 Confidential Information 28 Section 19.03 Use of Owner's Name 28 ARTICLE 20 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 29 iii Rev 08-2012 EXHIBITS A Change Order A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Schedule of Values for Contract Payment C Final Release D Application and Certificate for Payment E Guarantee F Form I Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Form II Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report Form IV Minority-Women Utilization Report G Labor Rate Breakdown H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation I Contractor Performance Evaluation iv Rev 08-2012 ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University. C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided. D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern. 1 Rev 08-2012 ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins-Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by Union labor. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary Work as may be required. C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise. Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name, catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 25 00. 2 Rev 08-2012 B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the Contract. D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing. B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. 3 Rev 08-2012 Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the Owner's receipt of bids. B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the Work; B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work; C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed. D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said conflict to the Owner. 4 Rev 08-2012 B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs. Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias. B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing. C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. Section 2.10 - Meetings The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related Work The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the Work under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the Work. Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 5 Rev 08-2012 Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 – Daily Reports The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: Name of Project Project Number Date of Report Weather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor Work/area and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc. ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 - Access to the Work The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided. 6 Rev 08-2012 Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by said removal or replacement. C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. 7 Rev 08-2012 ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: 1. By agreement with the Contractor. 2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. This method shall be used if the Contract contains applicable unit prices. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup. (iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as-built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 8 Rev 08-2012 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Mark-ups: 1. Work performed by the Contractor. Where the Work is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 2. Work performed by a Subcontractor. Where the change order work is performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs. 3. Work performed by a Sub-Subcontractor. Where work is performed by a Sub-Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub-Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. 4. No markup shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay. 5. No markup shall be paid on insurance, taxes, fringe benefits or bond cost. Where the Work involves both an increase and a reduction in similar or related Work, the above percentage override shall be applied only on the amount, if any, that the cost of the increase exceeds the cost of the reduction. F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit A-1. Each submission shall include a paper copy and an electronic .pdf format of all documentation. 9 Rev 08-2012 G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto. Section 4.02 - Form of Change Orders All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved on the Owner's change order form, which is included herein as Exhibit "A" and made a part of the Contract Documents. No alteration to this form shall be acceptable to the Owner and no payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved on said form. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid. B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract. C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect’s or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas. E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas. F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 10 Rev 08-2012 1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe weather. G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for: 1. all of the Work, or 2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the Work. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute same to completion. 11 Rev 08-2012 Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract. 2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner. 3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner. C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. 12 Rev 08-2012 D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed to be: 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; 2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors. D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor. E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner. ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or separate Contractors. 13 Rev 08-2012 B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work. E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed: 1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and 2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions. G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage. H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. 14 Rev 08-2012 ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods. B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with all Contractor and Subcontractor written accident investigation forms and accident reports prepared. C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's name. 2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final Acceptance. 15 Rev 08-2012 Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken. Section 10.04 - Bonds A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, those arising out of bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, to which the Owner, its agents or employees may be subjected by reason of any negligent act or omission, willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by the Owner, except to the extent caused by Owner's own negligence. 1. In the event that any party is requested but refuses to honor the indemnity obligations hereunder, then the party indemnifying shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost of bringing any such action, including attorneys' fees, to the party requesting indemnity. B. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for risk or claims of the type enumerated. 16 Rev 08-2012 Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage’s issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage’s shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM) $ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate 3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000 Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability, including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section. 17 Rev 08-2012 C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor’s certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage’s and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage’s, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy. E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's expense. Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract. 18 Rev 08-2012 Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for architects services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover “all risk” of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage’s including all endorsements and exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract incident to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature. 19 Rev 08-2012 Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 – Substantial Completion A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems, materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents. 20 Rev 08-2012 B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract. C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule, attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part of the Contract Documents, when approved by the Owner and Architect shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule. 2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit a written statement, including Contract Number, full name of the project and the name of the Owner's Representative as set forth in Article 15, Section 15.08, in approved format to the Architect with five (5) copies, setting forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by duplicate copies of an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any liens. (d) If, pursuant to a prior written agreement with the Owner, payments are requested on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the work which have been delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some other location, such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale, insurance certificates, notice of bonded warehousing, in accordance with Exhibit “H”. The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site. 21 Rev 08-2012 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor. The Architect shall submit the approved applications for payment to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate from the Architect. However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Architect shall not hereby be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 5. Any reduction with respect to retention shall be done in accordance with the Change Order provisions as outlined in Article 4 of these General Conditions. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a written request for such reduction including a Consent of the Surety for such reduction. 6. The remaining ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor’s work within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.04. D. "Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments" and "Schedule Contractors Monthly Requisitions" (AIA Document G702; Application and Certificate for Payment) must be submitted, in the form as those contained herein as Exhibit "D", to comply with requirements for tax exemption. 22 Rev 08-2012 Section 12.02 - Withholding Payments A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor. 5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor. 6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.03 – Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As-Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following documents with the Owner. a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub-Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39. d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23. 23 Rev 08-2012 f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or Word Documents of all documentation. Section 12.04 - Final Payment and Release A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and sub-subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable. D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery, equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials. 24 Rev 08-2012 B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract shall be deemed to be inserted therein. Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15.03 - Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner. Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. 25 Rev 08-2012 Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action A. The Contractor shall submit copies of their Affirmative Action Program and the Affirmative Action Programs of its proposed subcontractors within thirty (30) days after execution of a contract. A meeting to review these forms will be scheduled by the Owner after receipt of the same. Such Affirmative Action Programs must be satisfactory to the Owner. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible for implementing the Affirmative Action Program of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report and Minority - Women Utilization Report attached hereto as Exhibit "F". B. The Contractor agrees, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provisions of the Contract, that the Contractor shall comply fully with and shall cooperate in the implementation of any Affirmative Action Requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) participation required by the Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner. Any such requirements shall be incorporated in their entirety in all subcontracts of any tier. C. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to the nondiscrimination provisions required by applicable federal and state law. D. The Contractor shall submit for Owner approval, a plan of affirmative action designed to assure minority group members an equal opportunity in employment and subcontract work within thirty (30) days of contract award. The Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan must be approved by the Owner. E. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting Affirmative Action Plans and hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. 1. Use of MBE and WBE Vendors (Form I) 2. Summary of bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors (Form II) 3. Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Form III) 4. Minority-Women Utilization Report (Form IV) This Plan is supplementary to all federal and state nondiscrimination requirements. Cornell University is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer. 26 Rev 08-2012 F. The goals for participation (minority and female), expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor’s aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work, are as follows: Carpenters 4.8% Electricians 14.1% Laborers 7.8% Masons 2.8% Painters 25.7% Plumbers 5.9% Sheetmetal Workers 4.0% G. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Exhibit F – Form III) on a monthly basis. The Prime Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor. On-site office personnel should not be included in the "workforce" totals. Such forms shall be submitted to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Section 15.07 - Limitation on Actions No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination. Section 15.08 - Owner's Representative The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University’s designated representative (NAME OF REPRESENTATIVE) shall be recognized by the Contractor. 27 Rev 08-2012 ARTICLE 16 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub- Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project. ARTICLE 17 – CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION The Owner shall schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50%) based on project invoicing and at project completion to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached “Contractor Performance Evaluation”, Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 18 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell University. ARTICLE 19 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 19.01 - Release of Information The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news releases, internal house organs, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager. 28 Rev 08-2012 Section 19.02 - Confidential Information The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties. Section 19.03 - Use of Owner's Name The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative. ARTICLE 20 -- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. This includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web https://secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report_custom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077. 29 Rev 08-2012 EXHIBIT "A" Distribution to: OWNER ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR CCHHAANNGGEE OORRDDEERR FIELD OTHER Cornell University Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: TO (Contractor): INITIATION DATE: OWNER'S CONTRACT NO: CONTRACT DATE: You are directed to make the following changes in this Contract: Item No. Description Reference Amount Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Contractor. Signature of the Contractor indicates the Contractor’s agreement herewith, including any adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Time. The original (Contract Price) was $ Net change by previously authorized Change Orders $ The (Contract Price) prior to this Change Order was $ The (Contract Price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order $ The new (Contract Price) including this Change Order will be $ The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by ( ) Days. The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES: CORNELL UNIVERSITY CONTRACTOR OWNER BY BY TITLE TITLE DATE DATE EXHIBIT "A-1" CORNELL UNIVERSITY Division of Facilities Services Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions to Change Order Documentation Facilities Services (“FS”) has created this Standard Change Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms to facilitate preparation of contract change orders in conformity with construction contract requirements. The forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements presented in the General Conditions, dated August 2012. The Change Order Request form shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner the Change Order Summary Form with all associated back-up documentation. Direct Cost of the Work: 1. Direct Labor – Include the “wages paid” hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. “Wages paid” is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 – Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. “Assigned Personnel or Work Crews” should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job-site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material – Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required change. Examples of “Unit of Measure” include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc. 3. Equipment – Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed. Bond Premiums The Contractor’s actual documented bond premium rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change. Overhead & Profit The Contractor’s overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change in accordance with the Contract. EXHIBIT "A-1" EXHIBIT "A-1" SCHEDULE OF VALUES FOR CONTRACT PAYMENTS EXHIBIT "B" (Based on Original Estimate) Name of Contractor Project Title Total Cost Item Description Unit of Labor Material Other Cost of Per No. of Item Quantity Measure Cost Cost Costs Item Unit (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) TOTALS $ $ $ $ $ NOTE: Each Allowance must be listed as a Separate Item. Approved: Contractor Date Architect Date Owner Date FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "C" FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Date Contract Date Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions City Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: . The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully-paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: EXHIBIT "D" EXHIBIT "D" EXHIBIT "E" GUARANTEE Date: In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell University dated , we hereby guarantee the as found in the specifications for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title) from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from , the date of acceptance by the Owner. (Date) (COMPANY) By: Title: EXHIBIT "F" FORM I CORNELL UNIVERSITY CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Amount of Contract: $ Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Telephone Number (Including Area Code): Trade: 1. List previous Cornell University work done by your firm: 2. Do you intend to subcontract any work on this project? Yes No A. What is the total dollar value of work you intend to subcontract? Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $ 3. Do you intend to purchase supplies and/or use vendor services? A. What is the total dollar value of your intended purchase and/or vendor? Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $ 4. List the work you plan to subcontract in area A. below and list the items you propose to purchase and/or vendor services you propose to use in area B. Use additional sheet(s) if required. A. Trade Amount of Work to be B. Supplies and/or Vendor Services Subcontracted Trade Amount Item Amount $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 EXHIBIT "F" FORM I 5. Indicate by dollar value and percentage of contract, the total of your goal for minority and female vendors and subcontractor participation including your goal for purchases and services. (The percentage given should be a percentage of your total contract amount. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage % WBE Amount $ AND Percentage % 6. Indicate your goal for minority participation in the labor force by dollar value and percentage of total monthly manpower per trade. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage % WBE Amount $ AND Percentage % 7. List MBE and WBE vendors utilized by your firm over the past five (5) years: MBE or WBE Vendor CONTRACT (Indicate which) ADDRESS PROJECT TRADE AMOUNT This space provided for any comments your organization may have regarding the utilization of MBE and WBE vendors: OFFICER OF PRIME CONTRACT BIDDER: Name and Title: Date: Signature: 2 EXHIBIT "F" FORM II CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number): MBE and WBE Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of (Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination EXPLANATION OF ELMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary) OFFICER OF FIRM: Name and Title: Date: Signature: EXHIBIT "F" FORM III EXHIBIT "F" FORM IV CORNELL UNIVERSITY Please print or type all information. PROJECT PRIME CONTRACTOR MINORITY - WOMEN UTILITZATION REPORT DATE Dollar Dollar % of Dollar % of Prime Contractor, Craft Amount Amount Prime Amount Prime Subcontractor and and/or of Minority Firm of Total Women Firm of Total Sub-Subcontractor's Name Trade Subcontract Name - Awards Trade MBE Contract Contract Name - Awards Trade WBE Contract Contract TOTALS $ $ $ EXHIBIT "G" EXHIBIT "H” EXHIBIT "I" BID FORM BF-1 112 Edgemoor Lane Bathroom Renovations Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID FORM Submitted by: Date To: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Gentlemen: The undersigned, (Name of Bidder) a (Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable) of (Address) having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated March 9, 2015 prepared by Kingsbury Architects LLC, 106 E Court St, Ithaca, NY 14850 as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the following considerations: 1. BASE BID a. All work complete, for the sum of ($ ) for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS. BID FORM BF-2 2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will result neither in an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates. c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the following Alternate Proposals within ___30__ (THIRTY) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. Alternate No. Description ADD DEDUCT 1 KITCHEN RENOVATION $ $ Subalternates 1A Countertop Upgrade $ $ 1B Light Fixture Replacement $ $ 1C VCT Flooring Replacement $ $ 2 PLUMBING ALTERNATE $ $ 3 ADDITIONAL CERAMIC WALL TILE $ $ 4 SHOWER WALL FINISH UPGRADE $ $ BID FORM BF-3 3. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within __14____ calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to complete the project no later than August 8, 2015. 4. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions: (1) Prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors", and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3) names. c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision. ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ BID FORM BF-4 ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ BID FORM BF-5 5. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces directly employed by the undersigned: 6. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Time Progress Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. 7. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be furnished by (Name of Surety) b. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $______________________ (10% of Bid Amount) is attached to this Bid. 8. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum. b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for General Conditions are excluded. BID FORM BF-6 Values Included Spec in Base Bid Section Trades and/or Subdivision Labor Material Div 1 General Conditions 02 41 13 Demolition Div 6 - 8 Carpentry / General Trades Div 9 - 10 Finishes and Tile Div 21 Fire Protection Div 22 - 23 Plumbing & Mechanical Div 26-28 Electrical Balance of Base Bid, Unclassified Total Total Combined Bid $ BID FORM BF-7 9. SUBSTITUTIONS a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. d. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. Item and Specification Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material BID FORM BF-8 10. ACCEPTANCE a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid due date. b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. c. The undersigned further agrees, if requested by the Owner, to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds pursuant to Article 7 herein within ten (10) calendar days of issuance of such notice. d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within ___30__ (THIRTY) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. e. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold all proposals for the above noted period of time. BID FORM BF-9 11. UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to perform work "In addition to" or "deducted from" the scope of the Contract Documents as directed by the Owner and/or Architect, computed in accordance with the unit prices hereinafter listed, which prices include all overhead, profit and other expense items in connection therewith, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents. b. All unit prices include the installation or omission, complete for each item, together with all work in connection therewith and shall include all shoring, bracing, dewatering and other incidental work. c. Unit prices shall be the total compensation for the item and includes all overhead, profit and any other charges of the Contractor and/or subcontractor in connection therewith. d. Adjustments will be computed on net variation of total quantities of like items. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the unit prices listed below prior to the execution of the Contract. UNIT PRICES Item Add Deduct Labor Materials Labor Materials BID FORM BF-10 12. ADDENDUM RECEIPT a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications is acknowledged: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: (Bidder) By: Title: Business Address: Dated: BID FORM BF-11 CERTIFICATE OF NON-COLLUSION By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor. c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. (Bidder) By: Title: Dated: BID FORM BF-12 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER I, _____________________________________________________, certify that I am the _____________________________ of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General Contractors; that __________________________________, who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the bidder was then _______________________________ of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. (Secretary-Clerk) (CORPORATE SEAL) Dated: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project: 112 Edgemoor Lane Bathroom Renovations Owner: Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect: Kingsbury Architecture LLC 106 East Court Street Ithaca, NY 14850 1. PROPOSAL FORMS a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer. 2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. 3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be addressed to: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Proposal for: Submitted by: (Bidder) b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than __________ on __________. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-2 4. BID OPENING a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room _____, Humphreys Service Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in 3b. The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto. 5. BIDDING DOCUMENTS a. The Bidding Documents will consist of the following: (1) Instructions to Bidders. (2) Bid Form. (3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements". (4) Drawings and Specifications. (5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals. 6. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website (http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm ). For assistance call 607-255-5343. b. Additional sets will be available at $_____per set without refund. All subcontractors and suppliers requiring may order these at $_____per set without refund. No partial sets will be issued. The Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner. c. The successful bidder will be allowed ten (10) sets of drawings and specifications. 7. START OF WORK a. Work at the site shall be started within __14___ calendar days from the date of issuance of written authorization to proceed and shall be completed no later than August 8, 2015. 8. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with "Performance" and “Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve. b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 8a above. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-3 9. AWARD OF CONTRACT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided in accordance with the Contract. b. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. d. All Proposals shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid opening date. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within ___30____ (THIRTY) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. 10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract. b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents. c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding. 11. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to the Architect. Inquiries received seven (7) or more days prior to date fixed for opening of Bids will be given consideration. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-4 12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for TIME, DATE, in Room XX of the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum. 13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually. b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces. c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors. 14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 15. UNIT PRICES a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. A partial "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form. b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-5 17. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the space provided in the Bid Form. 18. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference. 19. SUB-SURFACE CONDITIONS a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub-surface conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub-surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub-surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by him. 20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes. 21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes. 22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. 23. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-6 a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS a. Provide with Bid Proposal: (1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening (2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder (3) List of Proposed Subcontractors (4) Schedule of Values (5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices b. Within fourteen days after bid opening: (1) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms (2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors (3) Six-Month Workforce Projection c. Execution of Contract: (1) Insurance Certificate (2) Performance Bond (3) Labor and Material Payment Bond (4) Schedule of Work (bar chart) (5) Federal Tax Identification Number END OF SECTION 112 Edgemoor Lane Bathroom Renovations TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 Instructions to Bidders Bid Form General Conditions and Exhibits Exhibit A Change Order Exhibit A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary Exhibit B Schedule of Values for Contractor Payments Exhibit C Final Release Exhibit D Application and Certificate for Payment Exhibit E Guarantee Exhibit F – Form I Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE/WBE Vendors Exhibit F – Form II Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Exhibit F – Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report Exhibit F – Form IV Minority – Women Utilization Report Exhibit G Labor Rate Breakdown Exhibit H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation Exhibit I Contractor Performance Evaluation DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Summary of the Work Section 01 14 00 Work Restrictions Section 01 23 00 Alternates Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options Section 01 31 19 Project Meetings Section 01 31 50 Electronic Project Management Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedule Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 35 29 General Health & Safety • Directed Asbestos Bulk Sampling Report, Cornell University 112 Edgemoor Lane Facility 4748, Rooms 100TA, 200TA and 300TA. Arctic Enterprises, Inc., October 24, 2014. • Directed Asbestos Bulk Sampling Report, Cornell University 112 Edgemoor Lane Facility 4748, Kitchen and Bathroom Renovations. Arctic Enterprises, Inc., February 26, 2015. Section 01 35 43 General Environmental Requirements Section 01 35 44 Spill Control Section 01 42 00 References Section 01 45 00 Quality Control Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 112 Edgemoor Lane Bathroom Renovations TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities Section 01 51 23 Heat During Construction Section 01 66 00 Storage and Protection Section 01 73 29 Cutting, Patching and Repairing Section 01 74 00 Construction Waste Management Section 01 77 00 Project Close Out Section 01 78 22 Fixed Equipment Inventory Section 01 78 23 Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 36 Warranties and Bonds Section 01 78 39 Record Documents DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition .................................................................................. 1 - 5 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE - NOT USED DIVISION 4 MASONRY - NOT USED DIVISION 5 METALS - NOT USED DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTICS 06 11 20 Framing and Sheathing ..................................................................................... 1 - 3 06 40 00 Custom Woodwork ........................................................................................... 1 - 4 06 61 16 Solid Surfacing Fabrications ............................................................................. 1 - 4 DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 84 13 Penetration Fire Stopping .................................................................................. 1 - 3 07 92 00 Sealants ............................................................................................................. 1 - 2 DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Frames ........................................................................................ 1 - 3 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors ............................................................................................ 1 - 3 08 71 00 Door Hardware .................................................................................................. 1 - 4 DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09 21 13 Plaster .............................................................................................................. 1 - 5 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies ............................................................................... 1 - 5 09 30 00 Ceramic Tiling .................................................................................................. 1 - 9 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring .............................................................................................. 1 - 3 09 91 00 Painting ............................................................................................................. 1 - 4 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10 21 13 Plastic Toilet Compartments ............................................................................. 1 - 3 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories ............................................................................................. 1 - 2 DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT - NOT USED DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS 12 38 00 Kitchen Casework ............................................................................................. 1 - 6 112 Edgemoor Lane Bathroom Renovations TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - NOT USED DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS - NOT USED DIVISION 21 FIRE PROTECTION 21 00 00 Fire Suppression System ................................................................................... 1 - 4 21 05 00 Fire Suppression Basic Materials & Methods ................................................... 1 - 16 21 84 00 Firestopping & Smokestopping for Fire Suppression Systems ......................... 1 - 5 DIVISION 22 PLUMBING 22 00 00 Plumbing and Mechanical General Provisions ................................................. 1 - 3 22 05 00 Plumbing and Mechanical Basic Materials & Methods .................................... 1 - 25 22 11 00 Domestic Water System .................................................................................... 1 - 3 22 13 00 Interior Sanitary Drainage System .................................................................... 1 - 5 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim ............................................................................. 1 - 4 22 84 00 Firestopping and Smokestopping for Plumbing Systems ................................. 1 - 5 DIVISION 23 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 HVAC General Provisions ................................................................................ 1 - 2 23 07 00 Ductwork & Fans .............................................................................................. 1 - 3 23 21 13 Hydronic Heating System and Equipment ........................................................ 1 - 3 23 82 00 Fin Tube Radiation & Accessories ................................................................... 1 - 3 DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL 26 00 00 Electrical Work ................................................................................................. 1 - 4 26 05 00 Electrical Basic Materials and Methods ............................................................ 1 - 30 26 05 26 Grounding ......................................................................................................... 1 - 4 26 05 53 Electrical Equipment Identification .................................................................. 1 - 4 26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices .................................................................................. 1 - 5 26 24 00 Panelboards and Load Centers .......................................................................... 1 - 4 26 50 00 Lighting ............................................................................................................. 1 - 5 26 84 00 Firestopping and Smokestopping for Electrical Systems .................................. 1 - 5 DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS & AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS 27 00 01 Communications Raceway System ................................................................... 1 - 1 DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 31 00 Fire Alarm System Improvements .................................................................... 1 - 9 DRAWING LIST ARCHITECTURAL Cover T100 Symbols, Abbreviations, Code Summary T101 Key, Location and Staging Plans A100 Basement Plan, Building Section A101 First Floor A102 Second Floor A103 Third Floor 112 Edgemoor Lane Bathroom Renovations TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 4 A110 Alternate No. 1: First Floor Kitchen Alterations A700 Details FIRE PROTECTION F001 Fire Protection Symbols, Notes and Details F100 Fire Protection Plans PLUMBING P001 Plumbing Notes and Schedules P100 Plumbing Removal Plans and Alternates P101 Plumbing Plans and Schematics MECHANICAL M001 Mechanical Notes and Schedules M100 Mechanical Plans ELECTRICAL E001 Electrical Notes, Schedules and Details E002 Electrical Schedules and Details E100 Electrical Removal Plans E200 Electrical Power, Lighting and Fire Alarm Plans END OF DOCUMENT 112 Edgemoor Lane Bathroom Renovations Project Manual & Specifications Bid Set March 9, 2015 Owner Cornell University Ithaca, NY 14850 Architect Kingsbury Architecture LLC 106 East Court Street Ithaca, New York 14850 S DRAWING IN ANY WAY. 0 1— E LAW FOR ANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITEC IT ISA VIOLATION OF n_ (1i z 0 f= 0 W W 0 0 0 w J U ccQ Z 0 F 0 U 0 w w NEW YORK STA 112 EDGEMOOR LANE BATHROOM ALTERATIONS 112 Edgemoor Lane, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 March 9. 2015: Issued for Bid LIST OF DRAWINGS: ARCNITECTORAL COVER T100 SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, CODE SUMMARY, GENERAL NOTES T101 KEY, LOCATION AND STAGING PLANS AI00 BASEMENT PLAN, BUILDING SECTION AI01 FIRST FLOOR A102 SECOND FLOOR A103 THIRD FLOOR A110 ALTERNATE No. 1 FIRST FLOOR KITCHEN ALTERATIONS A700 DETAILS FIRE PROTECTION F001 FIRE PROTECTION SYMBOLS, NOTES AND DETAILS F100 FIRE PROTECTION PLANS PLUMBING 8001 PLUMBING NOTES AND SCHEDULES 8100 PLUMBING REMOVAL PLANS AND ALTERNATES 5101 PLUMBING PLANS AND SCHELATICS MECNAN;CAL M001 MECHANICAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES 11100 MECHANICAL PLANS ELECTRICAL E001 ELECTRICAL NOTES, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS E002 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS E100 ELECTRICAL REMOVAL PLANS E200 ELECTRICAL PO"iER, LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM PLANS rson Guadagno#o EnOne ,s C cel. Electrical and Plumbing Consultants 16 -1611M 66 WO 61100 6 2,m KingsburyArchitecture LLC 106 E. CourtSt., Ithaca, NY 14850-4272 phone: 607-273-1477 fax: 607-273-1233 web: kingsburyarch.com NEW YORK STA K J H G F E D C B A 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 CODE SUfYYARY ABBREVIATIONS BLILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE CNADTER 3 USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: 310.1 RESIDENTIAL GROUP R2, DORMITORIES CNADTER 6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION TYPE VB, SPRINKLERED 601 2. FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS TABLE 001 0 NRS REQUIRED FOR ALL ELEMENTS IN TYPE VB BLDGS CHAPTER 7 FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED CONSTRUCTION FIRE PARTITIONS AT CORRIDOR WALLS: REFER TO SECTION 1017.1 708.1 CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS CORRIDOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING TABLE 1017.1 0 NRS AT SPRINKLERED GROUP R BLDG5 WITH OCCUPANT LOAD </= 10 FIRST FLOOR OCCUPANCY 2 SECOND FLOOR OCCUPANCY 10 THIRD FLOOR OCCUPANCY 10 PLUMBING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE FIXTURES, GENERAL NUMBER OCCUPANTS PER SEX: OCCUPANT LOAD SHALL BE 503 EA SEX 2. MINIMUM NUMBERS WC'S: MEN 1 PER 10 (URINAL SUBST 502 WC'S 413.4) WOMEN 1 PER 10 LAVS: NEN 1 PER 10 WO''OEN 1 PER 10 TUB/SHWR: 1 PER 8 3. NUMBERS BASED ON 10 NEN AND 11 WOMEN (21 PEOPLE) REQUIRED: 3 WC'S, 3 LAVS, 4 SHOWERS DESIGNED: 3 WC'S, 5 LAVS, 5 SHOWERS EXISTING BUILDING CODE DEFINITIONS, CHAPTER 2 403.3 TABLE 403.1 ALTERATION: ANY CONSTRUCTION OR RENOVATION TO AN EXISTING STRUCTURE OTHER THAN A REPAIR OR ADDITION 2. CLASSIFICATION OF WORK ALTERATION, LEVEL 2: COMPLY WITH CHAPTERS 6, 7 a0a SCOPES INCLUDE RECONFIGURATION OF SPACE, ADDITION OR ELIMINATION OF ANY DOOR OR WINDOW, RECONFIGURATION OR EXTENSION OF ANY SYSTEM, OR INSTALLATION OF ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT. 3. ACCESSIBILITY, LEVEL 2 ALTERATIONS WHERE TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE TO ALTER TOILET ROOMS TO BE ACCESSIBLE, A UNISEX FACILITY NAY BE PROVIDED ON THE SAME FLOOR AND IN THE SANE AREA AS THE EXISTING FACILITIES. 005.1.3 TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, INFORMATION AND BELIEF, THESE PLANS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODES OF NEW YORK STATE ,4ND WITH THE DESIGN STANDARDS OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS, OR BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND THE CODES, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY. 8 9 10 11 AB ACM ACO05 ADJ AFF A ALT AL ANCN AP APPROX ARCH AVG BOC BD BLDG BLK BLKG BM BOF BOT BS BRG BTWN BUR C CAB CB CHEM CI CID CJ CJW CL CLG CLO CLR CNP CMU COL COMP CONC CONSTR CONT COORD CORR CT CTR CTSK D DBL DEMO DISP DN DO DR D5 DTL DWG DWR EA EC 50 ELEC ELEV 50 EQUIP ES 5W 5X EXIST ER 5X5 ENT CD EE(C) FIN CF EN FLR FLUOR END FOC FOM FOS ER ERo FRT ES ET FTG G GA GALV GC GL GND GW5 GYP NC HDR H DWD H DWR N 0 H ORIZ NT HVAC ID INLAND INSUL INT INV ANCHOR BOLT ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIAL ACOUSTICAL ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AIR ALTERNATE ALUMINUM ANCHORING ACCESS PANEL A5PROXIMATELY ARCHITECTURAL AVERAGE BOTTOM OF CURB BOARD BUILDING BLOC< BLOC<ING BEAM BOTTOM OF FOOTING BOTTOM BOTH SIDES BEARING BETWEEN BUILT-UP 500F 13 COURSE(S) CABINET CATCH BASIN CHEMICAL CAST IRON CAST -IN-PLACE CONTROL JOINT CONSTRUCTION JOINT WITH WATERSTOP CENTER LINE CEILING CLOSET CLEAR CORRUGATED METAL PIPE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COLUMN COMPRESSED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS COORDINATE CORRUGATED CERAMIC TILE COUNTER COUNTERSINK DRYER DOUBLE DENOLITION DISPENSER DOWN DITTO DOOR DOWNSPOUT DETAIL DRAWING DRAWER EACH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXPANSION JOINT ELECTRICAL ELEVATION EQUAL EQUIPMENT EMERGENCY SHOWER EYEW,ASN EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING RELOCATED EXPANSION EXTERIOR FLOOR DRAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHER (CABINET) FINISHED) FINISH FLOOR FUME P000 FLOOR FLUORESCENT FOUNDATION FACE OF CONCRETE FACE OF MASONRY FACE OF STUD FIRE RATED FIBERGLASS REINFORCED 'PLASTIC FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED FOOTING STEP FOOT, FEET FOOTING OAS, GLASS GAUGE GALVANIZED GENERAL CONTRACTOR GLASS GROUND GYPSUM WALL BOARD GYPSUM HANDICAPDED HEADER HARDWOOD HARDWARE HOLLOW METAL HORIZONTAL HEIGHT HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING INSIDE DIAMETER INCANDESCENT INSULATION INTERIOR INVERT S"I"IBOLS EXIST CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN TO BE REMOVED NEW CONSTRUCTION 1/8" SCALE PLANS CMU GWB-STUD ♦ !s • •• 1/4" SCALE PLANS CMU GWB-STUD .. 12 xxx \ xxx 000 0A3 13 JAN JT KS LAM LAV LT MAR MAS MAX IC MECH MEP 1-155 r'H MIN MISC MO NR MTD NTL NUL NIC NO NOM NTS OA 00 OD ON ODNG OPP PLAN PC PL PLAS PLYWD PNT PRTN PT PTO PTWD QT (R) R RAD RCB REFRIG REINF RESIL RO REQ'D RR RTU SAB SACD 5C SGFT SHR 514 T SIN 5J 50G SPECS 5Q SS STD STL STRUCT SUSP 5Y5 T TSB T$G TB TOC TEL TEMP TN TOF TOL TOS TOW TP TYP UNO V VAR VAT VCT VERT VEST VIF VR VWC W/ IN/D IN/0 WC WD WDO WN WP WR INRKG INSCT INT WW1 14 JANITOR JOINT KNEE SPACE LAMINATE LAVATORY LIGHT MARBLE MASONRY MAXIMUM MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MECHANICAL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING MANUFACTURER MANHOLE MINIMUM MISCELLANEOLS MASONRY OPENING MOISTURE -RESISTANT MOUNTED METAL MULLION NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NO/INAL NOT TO SCALE OVERALL ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OVERHEAD OPENING OPPOSITE PLASTIC LAMINATE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PLATE DLASTIC, PLASTER DLYWOOD DOI NT DARTITION DAINT PAINTED DRESSURE-TREATED /2000 QUARRY TILE RELOCATED RISER RADIATOR, RADIATION RESILIENT COVE BASE REFRIGERATED REINFORCED RESILIENT ROUGH OPENING REQUIRED REMOVE AND RELOCATE ROOFTOP UNIT SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET(S) SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING PANEL SAWCLT STRUCTURAL GLAZED FACING TILE SHOWER SHEET SIMILAR SCORE JOINT SLAB ON GRADE SPECIFICATIONS SQUARE STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD STEEL STRUCTURAL SUSPENDED SYMMETRICAL TREAD TOP AND BOTTOM TONGUE AND GROOVE TACK BOARD TOP OF CURB TELEPHONE TEMPORARY THICK TOP OF FOOTING TOP OF LEDGE TOP OF STEEL TOP OF WALL TOILET PAPER DISPENSER TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VACUUM VARIES VINYL ASBESTOS TILE VINYL COMPOSITE TILE VERTICAL VESTIBULE VERIFY IN FIELD VAPOR RETARDER VINYL WALL COVERING WITH WASHER/DRYER WITHOUT WATER CLOSET, WATER COOLER HOOD WINDOW HATER HEATER WATERPROOF WATER-RESISTANT WORKING WAINSCOT WEIGHT WELDED WIRE MESH DETAIL NUMBER DRAWING NUMBER COLUMN NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER DRAINING NUMBER ROOM NAME NUMBER WALL TYPE DOOR NUMBER 0 WINDOW NUMBER 14 K J H G F E D C B A N N 0 >- z 0 U 0 cn 8 0 0 ui co 0 phone: 607-273-1477 fax: 607-273-1233 web: kingsburyarch,com z OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, CODE SUMMARY DATE: SCALE: 3/9/15 NONE DWG No.: T100 NEW YORK STA K J H G F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 BLDG ACCESS 1 2 3 BASEMENT KEYPLAN 8" = 4 5 6 7 8 5 704 ALTERNATE No. FIRST FLOOR KITCHEN ALTERATIONS WORK Z04 47 40 6 FIRST FLOOR KEYnLAN 1/8" = 1'-0° 9 10 11 4V NUE CONK PLOO1R KEYPLAN s PI KAPPA 10A-106 WEST AVE ALPHA CENTER FOR JEWISH LIVING EDGEMOOR LANE PARKING LOT NO PARKING BY CONTRACTOR OR ITS EMPLOYEES OR SUBS IN THIS LOT. REFER TC SECTION 01 14 00, PARAGRAPH 1.3 FOR CONTRACTOR PARKING ARRANGEMENTS. TEMPORARY FENCING LOCATE GATE CLEAR OF DRIVEWAY 7 8 9 ALT BLDG ACCESS EDGEMOOR LANE 10 L 1/ = 1'-0" 111111 111 STAGING PLAN NTS 11 12 13 14 07 WEST AVENUE 112 EDGEMOOR LANE TNIIRD PLOOIR KEYPLAN 1/8" = 12 13 NORTHI ROGATION .PLANH144 14 K J H G F E D C B A N N O >- z 0 U 0 0 0 ui co 0 phone: 607-273-1477 fax: 607-273-1233 web: kingsburyarch,com 2 OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 KEY, LOCATION AND STAGING PLANS DATE: 3/9/15 SCALE: NOTED DWG No.: T101 NEW YORK STA K J H G F E D C B A 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY NOTES 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 8 REMOVE EXIST GHS AND NTL STUD BULKHEAD ON CEILING INFILL OPENING WITH 5/8" TYPE X GWS ON 2x JOISTS 16" O.C. JOIST DEPTH TO MATCH EXIST. TAPE AND FINISH JOINTS,. EXPOSED PIPING IN LAUNDRY ROOM. PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. FIRESTOP PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS. HALL. FRAMING: EXIST TO REMAIN. PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS. BEDROOM/CORRIDOR FINISH: EXIST TO REMAIN UNO. BATHROOM FINISH: SEE GENERAL NOTES. REMOVE EXIST BEARING WALL. HALL. FRAMING: HD STLDS, 16" O.C. WITH SOUND ATTENUTAT ION BATTS. DEPTH VARIES, SEE PLANS. FINISHES BOTH SIDES: SEE GENERAL NOTES. WD BEAM, (4) 2x8s or (2) 13/4" x 9 1/2' GLULAMS AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. CUT ENDS OF EXIST .JOISTS. CONNECT TO WD WITH JOIST HANGERS. PATCH SUBFLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. 2x LUMBER FIREBLOCKING IN JOIST CAVITY. INSLLATE ABOVE THIRD -FLOOR CE LING. BEAM REMOVE AND REPLACE EXIST WD FLOOR BOARDS AS REO'D FOR INSTALLATION. 6 MIL VAPOR RETARDER BETH GWB FINISH AND SUSP CLG S"STEM GRID ABOVE. UNFACED FIBERGLASS BATT INSUL, MIN R-49. 8 9 9 10 11 12 15 . RIDGE POLE EXIST HIP ROOF STRUCTURE B.O. GWB CLO 306 FF B.0 GWB CLG 0 - 00 206 TTIC THIRD FL SUBFLOOR FF SECOND FL SUBFLOOR B.0 GWB CLG EXIST BALLOON FRAMED WD STUD BEARING WALL LAUNDRY 103 5054 PREP, PATCH, PAINT EXIST GWB CLG EXIST CLAY TILE WALL 50065 FF F 5065100 or -2 3/4"+/ - GROUND FL E3LILOING SECTION 1/4' .1 '-0" 13 14 GENEfRAL NOTES ALL DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE UNO. VIF. ALL PLAN DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF WALL FRAMING UNO. DEMOLITION 3. UNO REMOVE ALL EXISTING ACCESSORIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PAPER TOWEL, SOAP AND TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS, DIRRORS, HAND DRYERS, HOOKS, AND DISPOSALS. REMOVE EXIST TOILET PARTITIONS. EXIST SHOWERS A. REMOVE EXIST SHOWER ENCLOSURES, RODS, AND CURTAINS. B. WHERE NEW SHOWER IS TO BE BUILT WITHIN EXIST WALLS IN SAME LOCATION, REMOVE EXIST PLAS OR GWB BACK TO EXIST WALL FRAMING TO REMAIN. 6. REMOVE EXIST RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING AND UNDERLAYMENTS TO EXIST SLB4LOORS. 7. CEILINGS A. REMOVE SUSPENDED GWB CEILINGS AND GRIDS IN BATHROOMS IN THEIR ENTIRET B. REMOVE CEILINGS OUTSIDE BATHROOMS AS REO'D FOR OTHER WORK. REMOVE EXIST MATERIALS FROM FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS AS REOLIRED TO SUPPORT FP, PLMB'G, HVAC AND ELEC DEMO WORK. REFER TO MEP/FP DWGS FOR DEMO SCOPE. CONSTRUCTION 9 PROVIDE TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF EXIST FLOOR JOISTS DURING BEAM INSTALLATION. 10. COORDINATE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK WITH FP, PLMB'O, HVAC AND ELEC WORK. A. REFER TO MEP/FP DWGS. B. PATCH/MATCH AROUND PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXIST SURFACES TO REMAIN. C. PROVIDE LL LISTED ONE-HOUR FIRESTOPS AT ALL EXIST AND NEW PENETRATIONS. COORDINATE DRAIN INSTALLATION WITH EXIST FLOOR STRUCTURE. A. ADJUST FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED. VIF. B. WHERE EXIST JOISTS CONFLICT WITH TOILET DRAIN LOCATIONS, CUT AND HEAD OFF AS REO'D WITH DBL 2x8 HEADERS. SISTER JOISTS EITHER SIDE WITH NEW TO MATCH. VIF. A. EXIST EXTERIOR I. REMOVE FINISHES WHERE REO'D FOR WORK. 2. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF EXIST WALL INSULATION AND VAPOR RETARDERS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. 3 PATCH BACK INSULATION, VAPOR RETARDERS, FINISHES AND OTHER MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING. INTERIOR, EXIST AND NEW PROVIDE WOOD FRAMING FROM FLOOR BELOW TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE AT S:ZE5 INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. 2. AT ROOM PERIMETERS, FIREBLOCK JOIST CAVITIES OVER WALLS WITH 2x LUMBER. 3. PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS FROM FLOOR TO CEILING IN STUD CAVITIES. TRIM TO CAVITY WIDTHS IN EXIST WALLS AS REQ'D. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AT PLUMBING VALVE LOCATIONS. SEE PLLMB DWGS. C. FINISHES BATHROOM SIDE K J H G F A. SUBSTRATES FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE AS FOLLOWS. E 5/8" CEMENT BACKERBOARD IN SHOWERS. 2. 5/3" MR GWB OUTSIDE SHOWERS. B. CT AS SHOWN IN ELEVATIONS 2. BEDROOM AND CORRIDOR SIDES 5/8" TYPE X GWB FROM FLOOR TO EXIST CEILING. PREP AND PAINT. A. BATHROOMS I. FINISH HEIGHT AT WALLS: 1" ABOVE SUBFLOOR. 2. SLOPE FLOORS TO DRAINS. 3. REFER TO DETAILS AND FLOOR TILE PATTERN ON DWG A700. BEDROOMS AND CORRIDORS A. EXIST 6INS4E5: CARPET TILE AND BROADLOOM CARPET. B. REMOVE AND REINSTALL AS REO'D FOR NEW WORK. REPLACE WITH NEW TO MATCH EXIST WHERE DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK. APPROX LIMIT OF MEP WORK, REFER TO MEP DWGS 5054 50065 506 1"Z 1 EXIST SOFFIT TO REMAIN 504 10 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 11 12 A. INSTALL 5/8" MR GHB ON SUSP GWB CEILING SYSTEMS IN BATHROOMS. PREP AND FAINT. B. PATCH, MATCH AND PAINT EXIST CEILINGS OUTSIDE BATHROOMS WHERE ALTERED FOR OTHER WORK AND LEFT EXPOSED. PAINTING A. PREP, PRIME AND PAINT EXPOSED UNPAINTED AND PREVIOUSLY PAINTED SURFACES IN BATHROOMS NOT COVERED BY OTHER SCHEDULED FINISHES UNO. B. PAINT ALL SURFACES IN ALL SPACES OUTSIDE BATHROOMS THAT ARE AFFECTED BY WORK. COORDINATE WITH MEF AND FP SCOPES. SEE MEP DWGS. C. COLORS BATHROOMS: BENJAMIN MOORS, NAVAJO WHITE. 2. OTHER SPACES: MATCH EXIST WALL, CEILING AND TRIM COLORS UNO. 13 14 D C B A 0 J 0 2 T :CTLI RF phone: 607-273-1477 fax: 607-273-1233 web: kingsburyarch,com 2 OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 BASEMENT PLAN, BUILDING SECTION DATE: 3/9/15 SCALE: NOTED DWG No.: A100 NEW YORK STA K J H G F E D C B A 1 1 2 5/8" MR GWB ALTERNATE No. 3 CT REMOVE EXIST WALL REMOVE EXIST WALL FIN SH FROM FRAMING TO REMAIN 5/8" MR GWB 5/8" CEMENT BACKERBOARD 2x3 STUD, 16' O.C. 5/8" TYPE X GWB BEAM, (2) 2x6 + 1/2' PLYWD WD CASING, MATCH EXIST AT BEDROOM DRS HM FRAME 1�EAD 11/2" = 4 HM FRAME, TYP ANCHOR, TYP WD CASING, MATCH EXIST AT BEDROOM DRS 5/8" TYPE X GWB 2/4 STUD, TYP JAI" BS 1 1/2'11-01 2x STUD AT TRANSITION, MATCH EXIST FRAMING DEPTH, VIF 2x4 STUD, 16 O.C. 5/8" TYPE X GWB REMOVE EXIST FRAMING TO REMAIN, EXIST WALL REMOVE EXIST WALL FINISHES 2 3 DETAIL_ 11/2" = 1'-0' OW - 4 B . CLG 8'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 5'-3 1/2" AFF 5 6 • 1■ ■I 1I■ ■ mi Mi 1II 1111111■ ■1 ■I ■N NE II 1■..■1■NMN ■ 1.■:■■■111111111 1 ■■■■11■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■ • T111■1■111111■ 111111111111111 11111■■■■■u■®0 6 WEST 1/4" = I'-0" • III moms 111111111 mimmsmommg EMM■MMMEN 111111111 'AMMO MEOW Ar ANI ®1■■■■ ■ ■■■ ■■■■■■I 1■■■■ ■ �■■■ ■■■■■■■1 1•••I •IIIIIIIn111uI I_ Irn •.ill■.■■®■1 Ir 1.■1MEEEMINUMEMMENII 1■1■ .Il■■■1■■■■■■■1 ® illllllllli1111111111111 • 1■■■■■■■■■I............1 • • • • i■■■•■•■il 1/1/11111 111U1111 ■■..1fl■1■ ■■■ ■ ■ ■■■■ lil ■l■ ® ■■■■1■■■■■■■■■■1 111111101111111 E■■_■TV1111111 1i■■■■I1■I!.iiii1! ■V4■■■ �■■■■■■■■ 1:1111111111.1 ® 11111111=0111111 EAST 1/4" = 1'-0" • FF w wJ J2 SOUT1 1/4" = 1'-0" r.„„, 1■■■■■ ( ■ ■ ■ ■■1 I11111111F 111111111111111 E1■■11■■_■ ■■■lililii 1 ■.■a 11■■■1 1 ■■■1 11111111 ■■■■■■■■■ 5 6 • ®® 7 7 KEY NOTES t3 E4 F7 8 SUSPENDED MR GWS CEILING. PREP AND PAINT. SUSPENDED MR GWS CEILING WITH CT FINISH. EXHAUST FAN GRILLE, SEE MEP DWGS. SURFACE MOLNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP, SEE MEP DWGS. WALL-MOJNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE MEP DWGS. SPRINKLER HEAD TYP, SEE MEP DWGS. EXPOSED PIPING IN LAUNDRY ROOM, SEE MEP DWG5. PREP AND PAINT CORRIDOR CEILINGS TO LINE ABOVE EDGE OF EXIST STAIR. PREP, PRIME AND PAINT EXIST GWB FINISH, TYP. COLOR' BENJAMIN MOORE NAVAJO WHITE. ALTERNATE No. 3 WALL FIELD TILE FROM ACCENT BAND TO CEILING IN LIEU OF PAINTED GWB, TYP. GWB FINITH, TYP COLOR- BENJAMIN MOORS NAVAJO WHITE. ALTERNATE No. 4 SHOWER FINISH ALTERNATE: IN LIEU OF CT WITH ACCENT BAND, INSTALL ONE PORCELAIN PANEL FULL HEIGHT AND WIDTH OF EACH OF THREE SHOWER WALLS. SOLID OAK MOUNTING BLOCK FOR GRAB BAR. MOUNT DIRECTLY TO SUBSTRATE. DEPTH AS REQ'D TO ALIGN BLOCK FACE WITH FACE OF EXIST WINDOW SILL ABOVE. EXIST CLEAR -FINISHED EXT WINDOW: LIGHTLY SAND AND REFINISH INTERIOR SASH, SILL, JAMBS, HEAD, AND CASINGS WITH TWO COATS CLEAR POLNURETHANE. - THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL SURFACES OF DIRT, MILDEW, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS. - PREP UNFINISHED SURFACES AS REQLIRED FOR NEW WORK. CLEAR FINISH WOOD TRIM BATHROOM SIDE TO MATCH EXIST WINDOW TRIM FINISH. PAINT CORRIDOR SIDE TRIM TO MATCH ADJACENT DOOR TRIM. OPEN EXIST WALL TO OBSERVE EXIST FRAMING. MODIFY AS REQ'D TO INSTALL 4-2x4 WD COL ALIGNED WITH BEAMS ON LPPER FLOORS. PATCH EXIST WALL FINISH AS REQ'D TO PROVIDE SUBSTRATE FOR CT. 2x3 STUD, 16' O.C., TIGHT TO EXIST FRAMUNG. 2x3 STUD, 16" O.C., WITH BLOCKING TO SUPPORT FUTLRE WALL -MOUNTED SHOWER SEAT BY OTHERS. REFER TO SECTION IC 28 13 FOR SHOWER SEAT SPECIFICATION. 2x2 FURRING. FTR, SEE MEP DINGS ENLARGE EXIST HOLE THROLGI-I EXTERIOR WALL AS REQUIRED FOR EXHAUST DUCT. PROVIDE FOAM INSUL AND SEALANT IN ANNULAR SPACE AROUND DUCT. SEE MEP DWGS. SOLID SURFACE SINK-COLNTERTOP WITH INTEGRAL BACKSPLASH AND FIELD -INSTALLED ENDTPLASAES. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER AND SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL: INSTALL UNITS FURNISHED BY OWNER. ROBE HOOKS, (2) AT ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT AND (2) AT NON -ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT. SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD. ACCESSIBLE GRAB BAR SET AT TOILET. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL A5 REQ'D FOR SUPPORT. FREESTANDING SHOWER SEAT BY OTHERS, NIC. ACCESSIBLE GRAB BAR SET AT SHOWER. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL A5 REQ'D FOR SUPPORT. FULL -HEIGHT MIRROR. MIRROR WITH SHELF, 18"W x 30111-I FLUSH HOOD DOOR, 3'-0" x 6'-8" x 1 3/4" REINSTALL KEY RETURN BOX. PREP AND PAINT CORRIDOR WALLS TO EDGE OF EXIST STAIR. EXIST TOILET REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. REMOVE EXIST TOILET PARTITION. REMOVE EXIST COUNTER AND BASE CABINETS. SINK REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. REMOVE EXIST PREFAB SHOWER ENCLOSURE. REMOVE AND RETAIN EXIST KEY RETURN BOX FOR REINSTALLATION. EXIST FTR AND PIPING REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. 8 9 9 10 11 12 105 108 106 NO WORK REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0'' 105 106 moommommommmuarimmal NOTE: ALL ACCESSORIES IN FIRST FLOOR BATHROOM TO BE MOUNTED AT ACCESSIBLE HEIGHTS. REFER TO DWG 14A/A 700. 3' 1 1/4"+/ FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 105 10074 106 NO WORK REMOVE ENTIRE EXIST WALL FRAMING TO REMAIN, REMOVE EXIST WALL FINISHES UNO 10 DE 11 OI (TION PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 12 13 14 GENERAL NOTES ALL DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE UNO. VIF. 2. ALL PLAN DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF WALL FRAMING UNO. DEMOLITION 3. UNO REMOVE ALL EXISTING ACCESSORIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PAPER TOWEL, SOAP AND TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS, MIRRORS, HAND DRYERS, HOOKS, AND DISPOSALS. 4 REMOVE EXIST TOILET PARTITIONS. 5. EXIST SHOWERS A. REMOVE EXIST SHOWER ENCLOSLRES, RODS, AND CURTAINS. B. WHERE NEW SHOWER IS TO BE BLILT WITHIN EXIST WALLS IN SAME LOCATION, REMOVE EXIST PLAT OR GWB BACK TO EXIST WALL FRAMING TO REMAIN. 6. REMOVE EXIST RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING AND UNDERLAYMENTS TO EXIST SLBFLOORS. 7. CEILINGS A. REMOVE SUSPENDED GWB CEILINGS AND GRIDS IN BATHROOMS IN THEIR ENTIRETY. B. REMOVE CEILINGS OUTSIDE BATHROOMS AS REQ'D FOR OTHER WORK. 8. REMOVE EXIST MATERIALS FROM FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS AS REQLIRED TO SUPPORT FP, PLMB'G, HVAC AND ELEC DEMO WORK. REFER TO MEP/FP DWGS FOR DEMO SCOPE. CONSTRUCTION 3. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SLPPORT OF EXIST FLOOR JOISTS DURING BEAM INSTALLATION. I0. COORDINATE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK WITH FP, PLMB'G, HVAC AND ELEC WORK. A. REFER TO MEP/FP DWG5. B. PATCH/MATCH AROUND PENETRATIONS THROJGH EXIST SURFACES TO REMAIN. C. PROVIDE LL LISTED ONE-HOUR 513E5103S AT ALL EXIST AND NEW PENETRATIONS. II. COORDINATE DRAIN INSTALLATION WITH EXIST FLOOR STRUCTURE. A. ADJUST FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED. VIF. B. WHERE EXIST JOISTS CONFLICT WITH TOILET DRAIN LOCATIONS, CUT AND HEAD OFF AS REQ'D WITH DBL 2x8 HEADERS. SISTER JOISTS EITHER SIDE WITH NEW TO MATCH. VIF. 12. WALLS A. EXIST EXTERIOR I. REMOVE FINISHES WHERE REQ'D FOR WORK. 2. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF EXIST WALL INSULATION AND VAPOR RETARDERS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. 3. PATCH BACK INSULATION, VAPOR RETARDERS, FINISHES AND OTHER MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING. INTERIOR, EXIST AND NEW PROVIDE WOOD FRAMING FROM FLOOR BELOW TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE AT S1ZES INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. 2. AT ROOM PERIMETERS, FIREBLOCK JOIST CAVITIES OVER WALLS WITH 2x LLMBER. 3. PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS FROM FLOOR TO CEILING IN STLD CAVITIES. TRIM TO CAVITY WIDTHS IN EXIST WALLS AS REQ'D. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AT PLUMBING VALVE LOCATIONS. SEE PLLMB DWGS. C. FINISHES BATHROOM SIDE K J H G F A. SUBSTRATES FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE AS FOLLOWS. E 5/8" CEMENT BACKERBOARD IN SHOWERS. 2. 5/5" MR GWB 0J7SIDE SHOWERS. B. CT AS SHOWN IN ELEVATIONS 2. BEDROOM AND CORRIDOR SIDES: 5/8" TYPE X GWB FROM FLOOR TO EXIST CEILING. PREP AND PAINT. 13. FLOORS A. BATHROOMS I. FINISH HEIGHT AT WALLS: I" ABOVE SUBFLOOR. 2. SLOPE FLOORS TO DRAINS. 3. REFER TO DETAILS AND FLOOR TILE PATTERN ON DWG A700. BEDROOMS AND CORRIDORS A. EXIST 2INSHES: CARPET TILE AND BROADLOOM CARPET. B. REMOVE AND REINSTALL AS REQ'D FOR NEW WORK. REPLACE WITH NEW TO MATCH EXIST WHERE DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK. 14. CEILINGS A. INSTALL 5/8" MR GWB ON SUSP GWB CEILING SYSTEMS IN BATHROOMS. PREP AND PAINT. B. PATCH, MATCH AND PAINT EXIST CEILINGS OUTSIDE BATHROOMS WHERE ALTERED FOR OTHER WORK AND LEFT EXPOSED. 15. PAINTING A. PREP, PRIME AND PAINT EXPOSED UNPAINTED AND PREVIOUSLY PAINTED SURFACES IN BATHROOMS NOT COVERED BY OTHER SCHEDULED FINISHES UNO. B. PAINT ALL SURFACES IN ALL SPACES OUTSIDE BATHROOMS THAT ARE AFFECTED BY WORK. COORDINATE WITH MEP AND FP SCOPES. SEE MEP DWGS. C. COLORS BATHROOMS: BENJAMIN MOORE, NAVAJO WHITE. 2. OTHER SPACES: MATCH EXIST WALL, CEILING AND TRIM COLORS UNO. 13 14 D C B A N N 0 >- z 0 U 0 0 0 0 ui 0 0 phone: 607-273-1477 fax: 607-273-1233 web: kingsburyarch,com z u) z 0 W E ccO 'L O cc zi) 0 z Ea !:: ai CV i 8 m U OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 FIRST FLOOR DATE: 3/9/15 SCALE: NOTED DWG No.: A101 NEW YORK STA K J H G F E D C B A 1 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 • 6 • • WEST 1/4" = 1'-0" • EAST 1/4" = 1'-0' • • • • .■■■■::■■■■■::■■ 11111■ 11111■ 11 11111111111ii1 r Jiff' 40111,41$7 1111111011:111.1 ...■ ■■■ .■■.1 1..111111111111 11111111_11111111 1111111 11111.11 1■■■■1 1■■■■11■ 111111111111111” ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■1 B.C. CLG 8'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 5'-3 1/2" AFF FF 4 ■ riiMirA 1 .■■.... ■1111.1.1 11�J11111.1�111■ :11111..111111 X1111:I:II:I:1 IIIIIIIIIIIIII1 1��1.1.1111.111■:1■1 ■:1 :....u■■.......111111 1.1••• • n �C IIIIIIIII CIO■■■■■■■■■■J SOUTI- I 4H = 1'-0' • • 5 NORTH 1/4" = 1'-0" A 6 • • ®® 7 7 KEY NOTES C8 CF 8 SUSPENDED MR GWB CEILING. PREP AND PAINT. SUSPENDED MR GWB CEILING WITH CT FINISH. EXHAUST FAN GRILLE, SEE MEP DWGS. SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP, SEE MEP WALL -MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE MEP DWGS. SPRINKLER HEAD, TYP, SEE MEP DWGS. DWGS. ALTER FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE. INSTALL WD BEAM, MIN BEARING 3 1/2" ON WD COLUMNS. SEE DWGS 12D/A100 AND I2D/A102. PATCH/MATCH ADHERED CEILING TILE ALONG EDGE OF WALL. PROVIDE FRAMING IN CEILING FOR TOILET PARTITION SUPPORT. COORD WITH PARTITION MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. PREP AND PAINT ENTIRE BEDROOM CEILING. EXIST PIPING REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. PREP AND PAINT CORRIDOR CEILING TO LINE ABOVE EDGE OF EXIST STAIR. PREP, PRIME AND PAINT EXIST GWB FINISH, TYP. COLOR: BENJAMIN MOORE NAVAJO WHITE. ALTERNATE No. 3 WALL FIELD TILE FROM ACCENT BAND TO CEILING IN LIEU OF PAINTED GWB, TYP. GWB FINISH TYP COLOR= BENJAMIN NOORE NAVAJO WHITE. ALTERNATE No. 4 SHOWER FINISH ALTERNATE: IN LIEU OF CT WITH ACCENT BAND, INSTALL ONE PORCELAIN PANEL FULL HEIGHT AND WIDTH OF EACH OF THREE SHOWER WALLS. EXIST PAINTED EXT WINDOW: PREP AND REPAINT INTERIOR SASH, SILL, JAMBS, HEAD, AND CASINGS. RECEPTACLE, SEE MEP DWGS. OPEN EXIST WALL TO OBSERVE EXIST FRAMING. MODIFY AS REQ'D TO INSTALL 4-2x4 WD COL ALIGNED WITH BEAM ABOVE. SEE DWG 12G/A102. 4-2x4 WD COL ALIGNED WITH BEAM ABOVE. 0 PROVIDE PLYING' SUBFL00R TO MATCH EXIST BATHROOM. 0 PATCH EXIST WALL FINISH AS REQ'D. 0 2x4 STUD, 0 2x4 STUD, 0 2x6 STUD, F7 ALIGN WITH WALL ON THIRD FLOOR ABOVE. SEE DWG A103 FOR CRITICAL DIMENSION. 0 0 16" C.C., TIGHT TO EXIST FRAMING. 16" C.C. 16" C.C. FTR, SEE MEP DWGS. ENLARGE EXIST OPENING TIROL -GI -1 EXTERIOR WALL AND ADD SECOND OPENING AS REQUIRED FOR EXHAUST DUCTS. PROVIDE FOAM INSU L AND SEALANT IN ANNULAR SPACE AROUND DJCTS. SEE MEP DWGS. SOLD SURFACE SINK -COUNTERTOP WITH INTEGRAL BACKSPLASH AND FIELD -INSTALLED ENDSPLAS-ES. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER AND SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL: INSTALL UNITS FURNISHED 51- OWNER. ROBE HOOKS, (4) AT NON -ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT. SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD. CEILING-MOLNTED TOILET PARTITION. MIRROR WITH SHELF, 18"H x 30"H PREP AND PAINT ENTIRE BEDROOM WALLS AND T. PATCH CARPET WITH RETAINED MATERIAL. PROVIDE WALL BASE TO MATCH EXIST. PREP AND PAINT CORRIDOR WALLS TO EDGE OF EXIST STAIR. PREF AND PAINT CORRIDOR WALLS TO EDGE OF EXIST STAIR. EXIST TOILET REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. REMOVE EXIST TOILET PARTITION. REMOVE EXIST COUNTER AND BASE CABINETS. SINK REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. REMOVE EXIST PREFAB SHOWER ENCLOSURE. REMOVE EXIST THRESHOLD. EXIST FTR ,AND P'RING REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. REMOVE EXIST WALL FINISH AS REQ'D TO PROVIDE ALIGNED WALL FINISHES IN BATHROOM. REMOVE EXIST CARPET AND RETAIN FOR REUSE. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXIST WALL BASE. REMOVE EXIST HOOD PLANK SUBFLOOR DOWN TO WD JOISTS TO REMAIN. REMOVE EXIST ,ADHERED CEILING TILE AS REQ'D FOR NEW CONSTRLCTIQN. 8 9 9 10 11 12 iu 206 .01 205 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0'' 206 205 FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 200TH ®® 206 205 10 DEI'OLITION PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0'' 11 12 13 14 GENERAL NOTES ALL DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE UNO. VIF. 2. ALL FLAN DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF WALL FRAMING UNO. DEMOLITION 3. UNC REMOVE ALL EXISTING ACCESSORIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PAPER TOWEL, SOAP AND TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS, MIRRORS, HAND DRYERS, HOOKS, AND DISPOSALS. 4 REMOVE EXIST TOILET PARTITIONS. 5. EXIST SHOWERS A REMOVE EXIST SHOWER ENCLOSURES, RODS, AND CURTAINS. WHERE NEW SHOWER IS TO BE BUILT WITHIN EXIST WALLS IN SAME LOCATION, REMOVE EXIST PLAS OR GWB BACK TO EXIST WALL FRAMING TO REMAIN. 6. REMOVE EXIST RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING AND UNDERLAYMENTS TO EXIST SLBFLOORS. 7. CEILINGS A REMOVE SUSPENDED GWB CEILINGS AND GRIDS IN BATHROOMS IN THEIR ENTIRETY. REMOVE CEILINGS OUTSIDE BATHROOMS AS REQ'D FOR OTHER WORK. 8. REMOVE EXIST MATERIALS FROM FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS AS REQLIRED TO SUPPORT FP, PLMB'G, HVAC AND ELEC DEMO WORK. REFER TO MEP/FP DWGS FOR DEMO SCOPE. CONSTRUCTION RROVIDE TEMPORARY SLPPORT OF EXIST FLOOR JOISTS DURING BEAM INSTALLATION. 10. COORDINATE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK WITH FP, DLMB'G, HVAC AND ELEC WORK. C. REFER TO MEP/FP DWGS. PATCH/MATCH AROUND PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXIST SURFACES TO REMAIN. PROVIDE LL LISTED ONE-HOUR FIRESTOPS AT ALL EXIST AND NEW PENETRATIONS. II. COORDINATE DRAIN INSTALLATION WITH EXIST FLOOR STRUCTURE. A ADJUST FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED. VIF. WHERE EXIST JOISTS CONFLICT WITH TOILET DRAIN LOCATIONS, CUT AND HEAD OFF AS REQ'D WITH DBL 2x8 HEADERS. SISTER JOISTS EITHER SIDE WITH NEW TO MATCH. VIF. 12. WALLS A. EXIST EXTERIOR 1. REMOVE FINISHES WHERE REO'D FOR WORK. 2. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF EXIST WALL INSULATION AND VAPOR RETARDERS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. 3. PATCH BACK INSULATION, VAPOR RETARDERS, FINISHES AND OTHER MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING. INTERIOR, EXIST AND NEW PROVIDE WOOD FRAMING FROM FLOOR BELOW TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE AT SIZES INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. 2. AT ROOM PERIMETERS, FIREBLOCK JOIST CAVITIES OVER WALLS WITH 2x LL,MBER. 3. RROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS FROM FLOOR TO CEILING IN STUD CAVITIES. TRIM TO CAVITY WIDTHS IN EXIST WALLS AS REQ'D. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AT PLUMBING VALVE LOCATIONS. SEE FLLMB DWGS. C. FINISHES BATHROOM SIDE K J H G F A. SUBSTRATES FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE AS FOLLOWS. E 5/8" CEMENT BACKERBOARD IN SHOWERS. 2. 5/8" MR GWB OUTSIDE SHOWERS. B. CT AS SHOWN IN ELEVATIONS 2. BEDROOM AND CORRIDOR SIDES: 5/8" TYPE X GWB FROM FLOOR TO EXIST CEILING. PREP AND PAINT. 13. FLOORS A. BATHROOMS I. FINISH HEIGHT AT WALLS: 1" ABOVE SUBFLOOR. 2. SLOPE FLOORS TO DRAINS. 3. REFER TO DETAILS AND FLOOR TILE PATTERN ON DWG A700. BEDROOMS AND CORRIDORS A. EXIST FINSHE5: CARPET TILE AND BROADLOOM CARPET. B. REMOVE AND REINSTALL AS REQ'D FOR NEW WORK. REPLACE WITH NEW TO MATCH EXIST WHERE DAMAGED ASA RESULT OF WORK. 14. CEILINGS A INSTALL 5/8" MR GWB ON SUSP GWB CEILING SYSTEMS IN BATHROOMS. PREP AND FAINT. PATCH, MATCH AND PAINT EXIST CEILINGS OUTSIDE BATHROOMS WHERE ALTERED FOR OTHER WORK AND LEFT EXPOSED. 15. PAINTING A C. PREP, PRIME AND PAINT EXPOSED UNPAINTED AND PREVIOUSLY PAINTED SURFACES IN BATHROOMS NOT COVERED BY OTHER SCHEDULED FINISHES UNO. PAINT ALL SURFACES IN ALL SPACES OUTSIDE BATHROOMS THAT ARE AFFECTED BY WORK. COORDINATE WITH MEP AND FP SCOPES. SEE MEP DWGS. COLORS BATHROOMS: BENJAMIN MOORE, NAVAJO WHITE. 2. OTHER SPACES: MATCH EXIST WALL, CEILING AND TRIM COLORS UNO. 13 14 D C B A 0 J U 2 TECTLI RE N N 0 >-- CO- co - U cn 8 0 0 ui phone: 607-273-1477 fax: 607-273-1233 web: kingsburyarch,com z u) z 0 W E qz cc co 0 O imr O z t N C� CV i 8 m U OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 SECOND FLOOR DATE: 3/9/15 SCALE: NOTED DWG No.: A102 NEW YORK STA K J H G F E D C B A 1 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 B.O. CLG 8'-0" AFF T.O. WAINSCOT 5'-3 1/2" AFF FF 4 • 6 MINIM NI 1:111'1 Mr fir .0 Scil III 1.11111 ® Iillll.I..l I '1111IMMII'' 1"1111 1: 1:I I1■■■1■11■■ ■■■■■■■■■1■■■■■■■■■■I • • • offl 11®I 11 NE 1 WEST 1/4" = • • EAST 1/4" = • • 1111111 111111 : 1111.I.IIII.II.I I....... -..-.I 1■ ■■■■ ■ ■■■1 1■ ■i■■■■i■ ■■■1 IIIIIIIIIIAAA I.II.I.I.II.I.II :111111111111.1 �i ■1■� ■1■1NEMI ■ .I I■11■1■11■1■lii-- 1■■■■■■■■■■■■■I 41110 ■ AFX/SA /A 111111 1 L__1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I"i'li' ?1.111111 111■i■■■■ 1■■■ MAMA. F8 1111 1■■■■■■■ ■ ■ . r■■■ SOUTI-I 1/4" = 11-0' • • • ®P 5 NORTH 1/4" = 1'-0' 6A 6 • ®® 7 7 KEY NOTES C8 Cq E2 D1 0 REMOVE EXIST TOILET PARTITION. D3 REMOVE EXIST COUNTER AND BASE CABINETS. SINK REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. 0 REMOVE EXIST PREFAB SHOWER ENCLOSURE. 0 REMOVE EXIST D6 0 REMOVE EXIST WALL FINISH AS REO'D TO PROVIDE ALIGNED WALL FINISHES IN BATHROOM D8 Dq 8 SUSPENDED MR GWB CEILING. PREP AND PAINT. SUSPENDED MR GWB CEILING WITH CT FINISH. EXHAUST FAN GRILLE, SEE MEP DWGS. SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP, SEE MEP DWGS. WALL- MOJNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE MEP DWGS. SPRINKLER HEAD, TYP, SEE MEP DWGS. ALTER FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE. INSTALL HD BEAM, MIN BEARING 3 1/2" ON WD COLUMNS. SEE DWGS 12D/4100 AND 12D/A102. PATCH/MATCH ADHERED CEILING TILE ALONG EDGE OF WALL. PROVIDE FRAMING IN CEILING FOR TOILET PARTITION SUPPORT. COORD WITH PARTITION MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. PREP AND PAINT ENTIRE BEDROOM CEILING. PREP, RRIME AND PAINT EXIST GWB FINISH, TYP. COLOR: BENJAMIN MOORE NAVAJO WHITE. ALTERNATE No. 3 WALL FIELD TILE FROM ACCENT BAND TO CEILING IN LIEU OF PAINTED GWB, TYP. GWB FINISH, TYP COLOR= BENJAMIN MOORE NAVAJO WHITE. ALTERNATE No. 4 SHOWER FINISH ALTERNATE: IN LIEU OF CT WITH ACCENT BAND, INSTALL ONE PORCELAIN PANEL FGLL HEIGHT AND WIDTH OF EACH OF THREE SHOWER WALLS. EXIST CLEAR -FINISHED EXT WINDOW: LIGHTLY SAND AND REFINISH INTERIOR SASH, SILL, JAMBS, HEAD AND CASINGS WITH TWO COATS CLEAR POLYURETHANE. - THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL SURFACES OF DIRT, MILDEW, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS. - PREP UNFINISHED SURFACES A5 REQJIRED FOR NEW WORK. RECEPTACLE, SEE MEP DWGS. OPEN EXIST WALL TO OBSERVE EXIST FRAMING. MODIFY AS REQ'D TO INSTALL 4-2x4 WD COL ALIGNED WITH BEAM ABOVE. SEE DWG 12G/A102. 4-2x4 WD COL ALIGNED WITH BEAM ABOVE. PROVIDE PLYWD SUBFLOOR TO MATCH EXIST BATHROOM. PATCH EXIST WALL FINISH AS REQ'D. 2x4 STUD, 16" C.C., TIGHT TO EXIST FRAMING. 2x4 STUD, 16" O.C. 2xG STUD, 1G" O.C. ALIGN WITH WALL ON THIRD FLOOR .ABOVE. SEE DWG A103 FOR CRITICAL DIMENSION. PTR, SEE MEP DWGS. ENLARGE EXIST OPENING THROLGH EXTERIOR WALL AND ADD SECOND OPENING AS REQUIRED FOR EXHAUST DUCTS. PROVIDE FOAM INSUL AND SEALANT IN ANNULAR SPACE AROUND DJCTS. SEE MEP DWGS. SOLID SURFACE SINK-COLNTERTOP WITH INTEGRAL BACKSPLASH AND FIELD -INSTALLED ENDSPLASHES. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER AND SANITARY NARK IN DISPOSAL: INSTALL UNITS FURNISHED BY OWNER. ROBE HOOKS, (4) AT NON -ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT. SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD. CEILING -MOUNTED TOILET PARTITION. MIRROR WITH SHELF, 18"W x 3011H. PREP AND PAINT ENTIRE BEDROOM WALLS AND TRIM. PATCH CARPET WITH RETAINED MATERIAL. PROVIDE WALL BASE TO MATCH EXIST. REMOVE AND REPLACE EXIST LATCH -SIDE WOOD STOP ON DOOR JAMB. MATERIAL, PROFILE AND FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING. PATCH, MATCH AND PAINT BOTH SIDES OF WALL AT EP WORK. SEE MEP DWGS. EXIST TOILET REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. THRESHOLD. EXIST FTR AND P'RING REMOVAL, SEE MEP DWGS. REMOVE EXIST CARPET TILE AND WALL BASE. REMOVE EXIST WOOD PLANK SUBELOOR DOWN TO WD JOISTS TO REMAIN. REMOVE EXIST ADHERED CEILING TILE AS REQ'D FOR CONSTRL,CTION. 8 NEW 9 9 10 300TH 8_00 C3 C3 305 NO WORK VW 0 111 • 11 2' 611 Ed 11':1'11'':1 :: II 111 1 EQ EQ EQ EQ REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 12 306 306 305 OF EXIST CASING OOR PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 306 300TA ®® 305 10 DEIYOLITION PLAN 11 1/4" = 1'-0'' 12 N O'R T IH 13 14 GENERAL NOTES ALL DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE UNO. VIF. 2. ALL FLAN DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF WALL FRAMING UNO. DEMOLITION 3. UNO REMOVE ALL EXISTING ACCESSORIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PAPER TOWEL, SOAP AND TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS, MIRRORS, HAND DRYERS, HOOKS, AND DISPOSALS. 4 REMOVE EXIST TOILET PARTITIONS. 5. EXIST SHOWERS A REMOVE EXIST SHOWER ENCLOSLRES, RODS, AND CURTAINS. WHERE NEW SHOWER IS TO BE BL) ILT WITHIN EXIST WALLS IN SAME LOCATION, REMOVE EXIST PLAS OR GWB BACK TO EXIST WALL FRAMING TO REMAIN. REMOVE EXIST RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING AND UNDERLAYMENTS TO EXIST SLBFLOORS. 7. CEILINGS A REMOVE SUSPENDED GWB CEILINGS AND GRIDS IN BATHROOMS IN THEIR ENTIRET". REMOVE CEILINGS OUTSIDE BATHROOMS AS REQ'D FOR OTHER WORK. 8. REMOVE EXIST MATERIALS FROM FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS AS REQLIRED TO SUPPORT FP, PLMB'G, HVAC AND ELEC DEMO WORK. REFER TO MEP/FP DWGS FOR DEMO SCOPE. CONSTRUCTION RROVIDE TEMPORARY SLPPORT OF EXIST FLOOR JOISTS DURING BEAM INSTALLATION. 10. COORDINATE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK WITH FP, DLMB'G, HVAC AND ELEC WORK. C. REFER TO MEP/FP DWGS. PATCH/MATCH AROUND PENETRATIONS THROJGH EXIST SURFACES TO REMAIN. PROVIDE LL LISTED ONE-HOUR FIRESTOPS AT ALL EXIST AND NEW PENETRATIONS. 11. COORDINATE DRAIN INSTALLATION WITH EXIST FLOOR STRUCTURE. A ADJUST FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED. VIF. WHERE EXIST JOISTS CONFLICT WITH TOILET DRAIN LOCATIONS, CUT AND HEAD OFF AS REQ'D WITH DBL 2x8 HEADERS. SISTER JOISTS EITHER SIDE WITH NEW TO MATCH. VIF. 12. WALLS A. EXIST EXTERIOR 1. REMOVE FINISHES WHERE REO'D FOR WORK. 2. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF EXIST WALL INSULATION AND VAPOR RETARDERS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. 3. PATCH BACK INSULATION, VAPOR RETARDERS, FINISHES AND OTHER MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING. INTERIOR, EXIST AND NEW PROVIDE WOOD FRAMING FROM FLOOR BELOW TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE AT S:ZES INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. 2. AT ROOM PERIMETERS, FIREBLOCK JOIST CAVITIES OVER WALLS WITH 2x LLMBER. 3. PROVIDE SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS FROM FLOOR TO CEILING IN STUD CAVITIES. TRIM TO CAVITY WIDTHS IN EXIST WALLS AS REQ'D. 4. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AT PLUMBING VALVE LOCATIONS. SEE FLLMB DWGS. C. FINISHES BATHROOM SIDE K J H G F A. SUBSTRATES FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR FRAMING ABOVE AS FOLLOWS. E 5/8" CEMENT BACKERBOARD IN SHOWERS. 2. 5/8" MR GWB OJTSIDE SHOWERS. B. CT AS SHOWN IN ELEVATIONS 2. BEDROOM AND CORRIDOR SIDES: 5/8" TYPE X GWB FROM FLOOR TO EXIST CEILING. PREP AND PAINT. 13. FLOORS A. BATHROOMS 1. FINISH HEIGHT AT WALLS: 1" ABOVE SUBFLOOR. 2. SLOPE FLOORS TO DRAINS. 3. REFER TO DETAILS AND FLOOR TILE PATTERN ON DWG 4700. BEDROOMS AND CORRIDORS A. EXIST FINSHE5: CARPET TILE AND BROADLOOM CARPET. B. REMOVE AND REINSTALL AS REQ'D FOR NEW WORK. REPLACE WITH NEW TO MATCH EXIST WHERE DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK. 14. CEILINGS A INSTALL 5/8" MR GWB ON SUSP GWB CEILING SYSTEMS IN BATHROOMS. PREP AND FAINT. PATCH, MATCH AND PAINT EXIST CEILINGS OUTSIDE BATHROOMS WHERE ALTERED FOR OTHER WORK AND LEFT EXPOSED. 15. PAINTING A PREP, PRIME AND PAINT EXPOSED UNPAINTED AND PREVIOUSLY PAINTED SURFACES IN BATHROOMS NOT COVERED BY OTHER SCHEDULED FINISHES UNO. PAINT ALL SURFACES IN ALL SPACES OUTSIDE BATHROOMS THAT ARE AFFECTED BY WORK. COORDINATE WITH MEF AND FP SCOPES. SEE MEP DWGS. COLORS BATHROOMS: BENJAMIN MOORE, NAVAJO WHITE. 2. OTHER SPACES: MATCH EXIST WALL, CEILING AND TRIM COLORS UNO. 13 14 D C B A 0 J J O 2 c E TECTLJ RE N N 0 0000 >- z 0 0 cn 0 0 0 ui (0 phone: 607-273-1477 fax: 607-273-1233 web: kingsburyarch,com z u) z 0 W E cc co 0 O O 45 45 0 �z CV i 8 m U OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 THIRD FLOOR DATE: 3/9/15 SCALE: NOTED DWG No.: A103 NEW YORK STA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 K K J H G F E D C B A 1 FINISHED BACK AND END PANELS RCB SEE ELEC SEALANT T . COUNTER 2'-10" AFF 0,1 REMOVABLE - PANEL ADA -COMPLIANT KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE ADA SINK BASE CABINET 1/2" =11-01 �PATCA/PAINT WALL AND SOFFIT CORNER f CAB EXIST SOFFIT EXIST WINDOW EXIST SOAP I. ADA SINK BASE 0 0 SEE ELEC 4'-0" 21-0" -8 1/2"+/- SEE ELEC FIELD MODIFY CAB TO ACCOMMODATE EXIST BOXED ELEMENT. VIF FINISHED BACK AND END PANELS IN ADA BASE CABINET EAST ELEVATION 8F 1/' = 1 -0 DATCH/PAINT WALL AND SOFFIT EXIST SOFFIT EXIST PT D SUB -ALT IC RCS AT WALLS -8 1/2"+/ - 4' RCB AT CASEWORK BEST ELEVATION 1/4'' = 1'-0'' PATC4/AINT WALL AND SOFFIT FILLER 3' L" 2'-0u 2'-6" 4000, SEE MEP 31_011 EXIST OFF IT II - I I CORNED CAB ), II II PAM COUNTER AND BACKSBLAS4, TYP TI - �I II �I I II I 1 CORNER CAB 2'-0 STOVE NC �- T ,1 I 110 0I IL - J 0 0 31-0, 4" RCB AT CASEWORK TYP NORT-I ELEVATION 4'' = 1' - 0'' 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 OPEN SOFFIT FOR STOVE 400D EX4 DUCT TO EXTERIOR WALL. PATCH BACK TO MATCH SEE ELEC 9 106 1044 REFLECTED CEILING TAN 1/4' = 1'-0 106 +5L-9" COOK W/ STOV CLEARANCE 011 ALL CABS LINE OF CLG SOFFIT ADA CAB FINISHED END BANELS FLOOR PLAN 1/4'' = 106 104A 10 DE 11 OLITION PLAN 1/4'' = 1'-0'' 12 KE" NOTES C3 C4 EXIST CLO SOFFIT SUB -ALT 15, BATCH/MATCH CLG SOFFIT AT RECESSED LT FIXT REMOVAL SUB -ALT 115, SEE ELEC DHSS FOR LT MIXT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT. TOUCH UP PAINT CLG WHERE AFFECTED B" WORK OPEN SOFFIT FOR STOVE EX4 4000 DUCT INSTALLATION. PATCH BACK TO MATCH. PROVIDE CPNG THROUGH EXT WALL, AND FOAM INSUL AND SEALANT IN ANNULAR SPACE AROUND DUCT GENERAL NOTES REFER TO SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES FOR ALTERNATE 1 KITCHEN WORK REMOVE KITCHEN CCLNTERS, BASE AND WALL CABINETS IN THEIR ENTIRETY. REFER TO MEP DWGS FOR RELATED ELECTRICAL, PLLMBING, AND MECHANICAL WORK SUB -ALTERNATE IA : IN LIEU OF PLAN COUNTERTOPS, PROVIDE SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOPS SUB -ALTERNATE IB: REMOVE AND REPLACE LIGHT FIXTURES. REFER TO ELECTRIC DHSS SUB -ALTERNATE 1C: REMOVE AND REPLACE VCT FLOORING AND RESILIENT BASE AT WALLS T#R0JGHOUT ROOM REMOVE UNDERLAYMENT DOWN TO SUBFLOOR AND INSTALL NEW LNDERL,AYMENT. TOLC4 UP PAINT WALLS AFFECTED Bm WORK 13 14 J H G F E D C B A O J J U T :CTL RF N N 0 >- z 0 0 0 0 0 0 ui 0 0 phone: 607-273-1477 fax: 607-273-1233 web: kingsburyarch,com z OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 ALTERNATE No. 1 FIRST FLOOR KITCHEN ALTERATIONS DATE: 3/9/15 SCALE: NOTED DWG No.: A110 NEW YORK STA K J H G F E D C B A 1 1 2 3 2 B.O. BASE EXIST SUBFLOOR 4 SCHEDULED CT LNMCDIFIED TNINSET MORTAR, TYP FLEECED WP MEMBRANE TO 12" AFF SUBSTRATE 5/3" CEMENT BACKERBOARD IN SHOWERS 5/8" MR GWB OUTSIDE SHOWERS CT BASE: G" SANITAR" COVE SLOPE TO DRAIN VARIES 2x2 MOSAIC FLOOR TILE WP TRANSITION STRIP LNCOUPLING MEMBRANE EXIST COFFERED UNCOUPLING SUBFLOOR MEMBRANE 3 WALL BASE 3" = 1'-0" 4 5 i 5 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 111111111111111111 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 111111111111111111 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 111111111111111111 MENNEMENNEMENNEMEN '1"1'1'1'1'1'1'1• 6 SHOWER WALL BEYOND 3/4" MARBLE THRESHOLD W/ 1/3" BEVEL B.S. WP TRANSITION STRIP PREFAB SHOWER CURB UNMODIFIED TNINSET MORTAR, TAP WP TRANSITION STRIP EXIST SLBFLOOR COFFERED UNCOUPLING MEMBRANE SNOHER ENTRY CURB 3" = 1'-0" 6 7 8 SHOWER WALL BEYOND MARBLE THRESHOLD UNMODIFIED TNINSET MORTAR, T"P 7 EXIST COFFERED UNCOUPLING SUBFLOOR MEMBRANE ACCESSIBLE SHOWER TI-IIRESNOL_D 8G 3" 9 10 11 ALTERNATE No. 3 DELETE BULLNOSE, EXTEND CT TO CEILING 'PAINTED GWB TNINSET BULLNOSE PROFILE WAINSCOT NOTE REMOVE EXIST FLOORING MATERIALS TO SLBFLOOR TO REMAIN. INSTALL WP SYSTEM AND CT OVER EXIST SUBFLOOR. PREP SUBFLOOR PER TCA STANDARDS AND WP SYSTEM KER'S INSTRUCTIONS, INCLLDING RECOHMENATIONS FOR THINSET MORTAR TYPE BETWEEN SUBFLOOR AND COFFERED UNCOUDLING MEMBRANE. RAIN FLOOR DRAIN ASSEMBLY SLOPE UP VARIES EXIST SUBFLOOR WP TRANSITION STRIP REMOVE EXIST SUBFLOOR DRAIN PIPE FLOOR DRAIN 3" = HO' NOTES I) 3/5' LAG BOTS INTO HOOD WALL STRUCTURE, M1N. 3' EMBEDMENT. 2) SINK: BASIS OF DESIGN CORIAN 520. COORD WITH ADA CLEARANCE REQ'TS. 3) INTEGRAL COVE WITH 1/2" RADIUS. 4) MIN. 4' CLEAR BETWEEN BACKSPLASH FACE AND FAUCET BODY. COORD COUNTERTOP HOLE LOCATIONS WITH FAUCET SELECTION BEFORE SUBMITTING SNCP DWGS. 5) PLUMBING COOR WITH ADA CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE ADA -COMPLIANT INSULATION. T.O. BKSPLSH 3'-3 1/2' AFF / 2'-O" MIRROR WITH SHELF NOTE 3 NOTE 4 tt) CONT SEALANT FASTENER NOTE I CONT 2x4 LEDGER THREE SIDES 1F IN. 8" COORD GFI LOCATION WITH SINK -COUNTER ENDSPLASH BEYOND SINK COUNTER, NOTE 2 T . SHELF MAX 3N-4' AFF MARINE EDGE T . CTR AFF SOLID SURF APRON 3/4' EXT PLYWD, TYP 2x4 = PLUMBING, NOTE 5 z_ IN ADA -COMPLIANT KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE z_ 1 F 3- N 7 z 1''-4" FINISH WALL WALL STRUCTURE, VIF TYPE, NOTE I SINK -COUNTER (Th 3/4' = 1'-0" 100 z= T � H— INTEGRAL BACKSPLASH END SPLASH, FIELD - INSTALLED, SET IN SEALANT 1st FL 31-7'+/-,VIF y y z z '1)1 '1)1 EQ , 1-0 11_0" .E 2nd FL 31-10"+/-, VIF 3rd FL 4'-0"+/-, VIF CONCEALED SUPPORT FRAME, FRONT, BACK AND SIDES MARINE EDGE SINK-COJNTER SCHEMATIC PLANS 8 9 12 13 PROPRIETARY TRIM (SCHLUTER DILEX-EKE) 14 THINSET BULLNOSE 'PROFILE INSIDE CORNER OTHER LOCATIONS SL DN TO DRAIN INSIDE CORNER SHOWERS SL DN 1:12 JAMB / CASING, / TYP CT UNMODIFIED TNINSET MORTAR WD TRANSITION STRIP UNCOUPLING MEMBRANE EXIST SLB/LOOR OUTSIDE CORNER CT CORNERS MARBLE THRESHOLD REMOVE AND RETAIN EXIST CARPET TILE, REINSTALL FLASH PATCH EXIST CARPET TILE 4 I/2" WIDTH OF JAMB 5 1/8"+/-, VIF / REMOVE EXIST FLOOR, THRESHOLD AND UNDERLAYMENT TO SUBFLOOR EXIST UNDERLAYMENT TO REMAIN 3i = 1'-0" THRESHOLD EXIST SUBFLOOR DOOR TI-IRES+-10LD 14 3' I FLOOR FIELD TILE FLOOR ACCENT TILE AFFROX ONE (I) TILE SER SQUARE FOOT, RANDOML" DISTRIBLTED TNRCLJGNCLT FLOOR FIELD, BALANCED FOR CONSISTENCY OF VISUAL EFFECT. NOTE REFER TO SPECS FOR TILE COLORS. FLOOR TILE PATTERN 1/2" = 1'-0" NOTE 3 17-15 APP URINAL NOTE 3 48 AFF MAX WATER CLOSET, SIDE VIEW 77 AFF UNO TOILET GRAB BARS, PAPER SIDE DISPENSER NON -ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT ALIGN WITH CT ACCENT CENTERLINE ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT 0 0 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL TOP 05 AFF UNG NOTE 3 42 AFF MAX GRAB BARS, REAR WATER CLOSET, FRONT VIEW SINK MIRROR BOTTOM 40 AFF TOP 33 AFF B.C. APRON 27 3/4 AFF CURTAIN ROD SHOWER ROBE PANEL AND TOWEL HOOKS SANITARY PAPER GFI FULL-LENGTH NAPKIN TOWEL M RROR VENDOR DISPENSER 14A/A700 NOTES I. DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES. 2. AFF = ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. 3. LOCATE ITEM SO THAT CONTROLS, COIN SLOTS, MOTION SENSORS, DISPENSING OPENINGS, AND OTHER OPERATING PARTS ARE IN THE SPECIFIED REACH RANGE. 10 11 12 13 SOAP C'TOP- DISPENSER SINK TYPICAL MOUNTING 1/21= 4 14 K J H G F E D C B A N N 00 00>- z 0 0 L 0 0 0 ui 0 0 phone: 607-273-1477 fax: 607-273-1233 web: kingsburyarch,com u) z 0 OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 DETAILS DATE: SCALE: 3/9/15 NOTED DWG No.: A700 5 1 7 8 14 SPRINKLER HEAD LEGEND SPRINKLERS PROVIDED AT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE (PROVIDE STANDARD RESPONSE SPRINKLERS TO MATCH EXISTING) BUILDING AREA SPRINKLER TYPE -> UPRIGHT EXPOSED PENDENT EXPOSED HORIZONTAL SW CONCEALED PENDENT EBCNYS SECTION 704 - FIRE PROTECTION: ALTERATIONS LEVEL 2: 704.2.2 SPRINKLER SYSTEM REQUIRED IN WORK AREA IF: a. WORK AREA REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED WITH AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM b. WORK AREA EXCEEDS 50% OF THE FLOOR AREA c. BUILDING HAS SUFFICIENT MUNICIPAL WATER SUPPLY SYMBOL-~ EXISTING SYSTEMS: PIPE SCHEDULE DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PROTECTING BASEMENT THROUGH 3RD FLOORS AND ATTIC. THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ARE FED BY A 6" DUCTILE IRON LEAD-IN WHICH IS SUPPLIED FROM THE 6" CITY MAIN IN EDGEMOOR LANE. K E %T E c TOTAL BASEMENT _ . 1ST FLOOR TEST & DRAIN MODULE CHECK VALVE » E 2ND FLOOR PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD EXPOSED _ SSU UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD c 2 3RD FLOOR "'c V - - - 2 2 EXIST REINSTALLED VSW - - 3 - 3 SPRINKLER ALLOWANCE - - - 2 2 SPARE SPRINKLERS - - - 2 2 TOTAL OS&Y VALVE PIPE RISE 12 112 EDGEMOOR LANE CORNELL UNIVERSITY - ITHACA, NY BUILDING RENOVATIONS CODE REQUIREMENTS - SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SYMBOL APPLICABLE CODE: EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE (EBCNYS) 2010 EDITION PROJECT TYPE: ALTERATION LEVEL 2 SCOPE OF WORK: ALTERATIONS OF BATHROOM AREAS ON 1ST, 2ND & 3RD FLOORS AT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE. ALTERATIONS AND UPGRADE OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, FIRE ALARM AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. OCCUPANCY CLASS: RESIDENTIAL GROUP R-2 USE CLASSIFICATION: DORMITORY (RESIDENCE HALL) EBCNYS SECTION 604 - FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY PROTECTION "ALTERATIONS SHALL BE DONE IN A MANNER THAT MAINTAINS THE LEVEL OF FIRE PROTECTION PROVIDED." EBCNYS SECTION 704 - FIRE PROTECTION: ALTERATIONS LEVEL 2: 704.2.2 SPRINKLER SYSTEM REQUIRED IN WORK AREA IF: a. WORK AREA REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED WITH AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM b. WORK AREA EXCEEDS 50% OF THE FLOOR AREA c. BUILDING HAS SUFFICIENT MUNICIPAL WATER SUPPLY BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE (BCNYS) - (NEW CONSTRUCTION) GROUP R-2 DORMITORY: AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM REQUIRED EXISTING SYSTEMS: PIPE SCHEDULE DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PROTECTING BASEMENT THROUGH 3RD FLOORS AND ATTIC. THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ARE FED BY A 6" DUCTILE IRON LEAD-IN WHICH IS SUPPLIED FROM THE 6" CITY MAIN IN EDGEMOOR LANE. PROJECT SCOPE: RENOVATE DRY PIPE PIPE SCHEDULE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN WORK AREAS AND RECONNECT TO EXISTING SYSTEM PIPING. EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM BASIS OF DESIGN FOR THE ORIGINAL 1967 SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLATION: 112 EDGEMOOR LANE: RESIDENCE HALL DORMITORY OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: LIGHT HAZARD PIPE SCHEDULE DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM COVERAGE PER UPRIGHT & PENDENT SPRINKLER: 200 SQ.FT.MAX. COVERAGE PER SIDEWALL SPRINKLER: 168 SQ.FT.MAX. MECHANICAL ROOMS, STORAGE & ATTIC ORDINARY HAZARD (GRP 1) COVERAGE PER SPRINKLER: 130 SQ.FT.MAX. EXISTING WATER SUPPLY DATA: THE EXISTING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AT 112 EDGEMOOR LANE IS SUPPLIED BY A 6" DUCTILE IRON UNDERGROUND LEAD-IN WITH A POST INDICATOR VALVE CONNECTED TO THE 6" CITY MAIN IN EDGEMOOR LANE. THE FIRE SERVICE REDUCES TO 4" INSIDE THE BUILDING, A 4" CHECK VALVE IS PROVIDED PRIOR TO THE CONNECTION OF THE 4" FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION AND THE 4" SPRINKLER DRY PIPE VALVE. DRAWN BY: R.F. WAGNER DESIGNED BY: R.F. WAGNER CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON SPINKLER ESCUTCHEON COLOR KEY 1. THE F.P. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONCEALED SPRINKLERS IN DROP CEILING AREAS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DWGS. THE COVER PLATE FINISH FOR CONCEALED HSW & PENDENT SPRINKLERS SHALL BE THE STANDARD WHITE FINISH. 2. SPRINKLERS IN EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION CEILING AREAS SHALL BE THE STANDARD WHITE FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. SPRINKLER QUANTITIES SHOWN IN THE SPRINKLER HEAD LEGEND ARE FOR THE CONTRACTORS REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO TO THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS TO CONFIRM QUANTITIES. SPARE SPRINKLERS: FP CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SPARE SPRINKLERS, COVER PLATES, ESCUTCHEONS & HEAD WRENCHES, FOR EACH TYPE & RATING OF SPRINKLER PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, ALL HOUSED IN METAL HEAD CABINETS AND MOUNTED IN SPRINKLER VALVE ROOM. PROVIDE SPARE HEAD QUANTITIES AS SHOWN IN THE SPRINKLER LEGEND. FIRE PROTECTION SYMBOLS LIST SYMBOL ABBREV DESCRIPTION NEW WORK (BOLD) EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN (FAINT) — — -- PIPING REMOVALS (BOLD & DASHED) TEST & DRAIN MODULE CHECK VALVE » E SSP PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD EXPOSED SSU UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD c SSP/C CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD "'c V HSW/C CONCEALED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER HEAD HSW/E EXPOSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER VSW VERTICAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER PIPE DROP —1— BRANCH OFF TOP BRANCH OFF BOTTOM --fr}+- UNION CAP OS&Y VALVE PIPE RISE o UC UNDERSIDE OF CEILING DECK DISCONNECT POINT GCs CONNECTION POINT M.T. MECHANICAL TEE CONC. CONCEALED TEMP. TEMPORARY SPR. SPRINKLER EXIST. EXISTING CENTERLINE DN DOWN UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ARES QUICK RESPONSE SPRINKLER AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AP ACCESS PANEL PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE ° SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS: PER SECTION 302.2.3.2 OF THE EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 EDITION FOR ALTERATIONS, SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS DO NOT APPLY TO THESE BUILDINGS. REFERENCE DRAWINGS: 1. CORNELL UNIVERSITY 112 EDGEMOOR LANE GRINNELL FIRE PROTECTION DIVISION DATED; 8-17-1967 GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF QUALITY, MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP, AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE (EBCNYS) 2010. ALL FIRE PROTECTION WORK IN THE PROJECT AREA SHALL CONFORM TO THE BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE (BCNYS) 2010, THE FIRE CODE OF NEW YORK STATE (FCNYS) 2010, NFPA 13 - 2007 EDITION, AND NFPA 25 - 2008 EDITION. THESE ARE THE APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE NYS UNIFORM FIRE PREVENTION AND BUILDING CODE AT THE TIME OF EXPECTED PERMIT ISSUE. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH FM GLOBAL RECOMMENDED PRACTICES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. THIS PROJECT HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE NEW YORK STATE EXISTING BUILDING CODE AS AN ALTERATION LEVEL 2 PROJECT. 4. ALL WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT (OSHA) AS AMENDED AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR. THE PROJECT OCCURS WITHIN THE CITY OF ITHACA. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CITY OF ITHACA FIRE PROTECTION PERMIT, INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL FEES. 6. PROVIDE DETAILED SUBMITTALS FOR ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS PROJECT. 7. PROVIDE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION FOR ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS PROVIDED UNDER THIS PROJECT. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE SIGNED, DATED, CONTRACTOR AS -BUILT DRAWINGS FOR ALL WORK PROVIDED UNDER THIS PROJECT. MAINTAIN ONE SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS DENOTING ANY FIELD CHANGES WHICH ARE MADE AS THE WORK OF THE PROJECT PROGRESSES. KEEP THESE UPDATED. ENGINEER SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BORROW, PHOTOCOPY AND RETURN THESE DRAWINGS AT INTERVALS THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT. 9. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPE ROUTING AND SPRINKLER HEADS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND THE ELECTRICAL, HVAC AND PLUMBING WORK. KEEP HEAD SPACING AS SHOWN ON FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS. PROVIDE COORDINATION WITH EACH BUILDING TRADE. REPORT CONFLICTS TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 10. ITEMS IDENTIFIED FOR "SALVAGE" SHALL BE REMOVED AND PROTECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR, AND TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. /'\ 11. THE FP CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE ALL SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS WITH CORNELL UNIVERSITY CUSTOMER SERVICE © ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY. \ 12. THE FP CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE ALL SPRINKLER SYSTEM TESTING WITH DAN PHILLIPS © CORNELL UNIVERSITY ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY. 13. THE FP CONTRACTOR SHALL TEMPORARILY CAP AND PLUG MAINS AND LINES AT REMOVAL LOCATIONS AND RESTORE FIRE PROTECTION TO THE BALANCE OF THE BUILDING AT THE CONCLUSION OF EACH WORK DAY. 14. THE FP CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT REMOVE ANY SPRINKLER PROTECTION THAT WILL BE DOWN FOR MORE THAN THE NORMAL WORK DAY, IN ANY AREA, UNTIL THERE ARE TEMPORARY HEAT DETECTORS INSTALLED IN THOSE SPACES AND THEN TESTED BY CORNELL UNIVERSITY EH&S. SPRINKLER NOTES 1. THE F.P. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PIPE SIZES AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AS A MINIMUM. THE EXISTING DRY PIPE SYSTEM IS OF A PIPE SCHEDULE DESIGN AND ALL PIPING PROVIDED UNDER THIS PROJECT SHALL BE AS DESIGNATED IN NFPA 13 2007 EDITION FOR PIPE SCHEDULE SYSTEMS. 2. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OF THE VARIOUS TRADES ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TRADE INVOLVED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE AN ALLOWANCE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING TWO (2) SPRINKLER HEADS, IN ADDITION TO HEADS SHOWN, AT LOCATIONS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. THE FP CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SEPARATE LUMP SUM COST FOR THIS WORK IN THE BID. 4. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS UTILIZED BY THE FP CONTRACTOR SHALL REMAIN ON FLOORS PROTECTED BY POLY AND PLYWOOD. IF EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED TO BE USED IN AREAS WHERE FLOOR PROTECTION HAS NOT BEEN PROVIDED, FP CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PLYWOOD AND POLY TO PROTECT FLOORS. FP CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SPECIAL PROTECTION FOR WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS IN AREAS WHERE PIPE CUTTING OR THREADING IS OCCURRING. 5. REMOVE EXISTING CROSSMAINS & BRANCH LINE PIPING, SPRINKLERS AND HANGERS IN THE DEMOLITION AREA ON ALL FLOORS AS INDICATED ON THE REMOVAL DRAWINGS. 6. F.P. CONTRACTOR TO FILL ALL HOLES THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS RESULTING FROM THE REMOVAL OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE FINISH PATCH AND PAINT WORK AT THESE LOCATIONS AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. / s \ 7. DUE TO THE MINIMAL AMOUNT OF FIRE SUPPRESSION WORK IN MULTIPLE LOCATIONS ON THIS PROJECT, THE NFPA 13 STANDARD 200 PSI HYDROSTATIC TEST OF THE PIPING IS NOT REQUIRED. HOWEVER THE F.P. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A HYDROSTATIC TEST UTILIZING THE AVAILABLE WATER PRESSURE FOR A 2 HOUR PERIOD WITH NO VISIBLE LEAKS AND NO LOSS IN PRESSURE FOR THE ENTIRE DRY PIPE SYSTEM. THE TEST SHALL BE SCHEDULED WITH DAN PHILLIPS OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY EH&S. THE TEST SHALL BE WITNESSED BY THE CITY OF ITHACA FIRE DEPT., CORNELL UNIVERSITY EH&S AND THE ENGINEER. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE A PNEUMATIC TEST OF 40 PSI FOR 24 HOURS WITH A MAXIMUM PRESSURE LOSS OF 1-1/2 PSI ON ALL DRY SYSTEM PIPING BOTH EXISTING AND AS PROVIDED UNDER THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. THE TEST SHALL BE SCHEDULED WITH MR. DAN PHILLIPS WITH CORNELL UNIVERSITY ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY AND WITNESSED BY THE CITY OF ITHACA FIRE DEPT., CORNELL UNIVERSITY EH&S AND THE ENGINEER. A MINIMUM 48 HOUR REQUEST NOTICE TO MR. DAN PHILLIPS IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO SCHEDULING THE TEST. THE TEST TIME & DATE SHALL BE SET BY ES&H. 9. CONCEALED PENDENT & CONCEALED SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS SHALL NOT HAVE COVER PLATES INSTALLED UNTIL SPRINKLERS ARE INSPECTED AND ACCEPTED BY THE ENGINEER. 10. ALL PENDENT SPRINKLERS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON RETURN BENDS. 11. SPRINKLERS PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE STANDARD RESPONSE TO MATCH EXISTING. / \ 12. FP CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND RECORD A FULL FLOW 2" MAIN DRAIN TEST AND ASSIST IN THE TESTING OF ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES (TAMPER SWITCHES, FLOW ALARM SWITCHES, AIR SUPERVISORY SWITCHES, ETC.) ON ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS AFFECTED BY FIRE PROTECTION WORK INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT. THE TESTING SHALL BE SCHEDULED WITH DAN PHILLIPS OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY AND COORDINATED WITH THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. THE TESTING SHALL BE WITNESSED BY CITY OF ITHACA FIRE DEPT., CORNELL UNIVERSITY EH&S AND THE ENGINEER. 13. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING LOCATION & SIZING OF EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PIPING, VALVES, DEVICES, ETC. / \ 14 ALL PIPING PROVIDED UNDER THE FIRE SUPPRESSION WORK OF THIS PROJECT SHALL BE BLACK A53, TYPE F, GRADE A, SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE. BLACK C.I. CLASS 125 OR BLACK M.I. CLASS 150 THREADED FITTINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE. AREA OF WORK ABOVE ON FLOORS 1, 2 & BASEMENT EXIST. 4" DRY PIPE VALVE - UNDER PORCH EXIST. 2 1/2"x2 1/2"x4" FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION EXIST. WATER MOTOR & ELEC. ALARM P.I.V. EDGEMORE NE -EXIST. 6' CITY MAIN KEY PLAN NOT TO SCALE A 3/24/2015 — REVISED PER OWNER REVIEW COMMENTS CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. 5 a 2 4 7 8 9 12 14 A Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 Z O i 0 gic W 0 0 W cv a) z cEf OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 FIRE PROTECTION SYMBOLS. NOTES AND DETAILS DATE: SCALE: 03/09/15 AS NOTED DWG No.: FOO 1 K J H G WES F E NINO D IMO C ISM B A 1 2 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 1 305 1 130561 2" DN TO 2ND FLOOR & 1 1/2" UP TO I300TPJ cam, ti i 71 1 H /II I 1I/ \II IL1" REMOVE 1 1/2"x1"x1" TEE • • CO/ 1306 (-------REMOVE AND STORE PIPE & SPRINKLERS FOR REINSTALLATION 1/2" 1 1/4" ' 2" DN TO 2ND FLOOR THIRD FLOOR REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 205 1 2" UP TO 3RD FLOOR- 1200TA 1 /4" -cam / �1 1/4" 1 D\ 1/4" \--2 UP TO 3RD FLOOR 12061 13 SECOND FLOOR REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" • '-1' 1206C1 1 105 1 1/4" I100TAI UP 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 ,I\ 2" n 11081 cy---2 1/2" 2"UP 1/2" 1 1 4 1" 1 106 1" FIRST FLOOR REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" NO SPRINKLER REMOVALS REQUIRED IN BASEMENT 1805A1 DRAWN BY: R.F. WAGNER DESIGNED BY: R.F. WAGNER CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON 1300CE1 BASEMENT REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" 1'-0" 18061 -N- -N- 13051 11 2" DN TO 2ND FLOOR & 1 1/2" UP TO ATTIC - 13058 1300TA1 •00 A " ca: 1 1/4" /L REINSTALL EXISTING PIPE & SPRINKLER 1 1/4" p 30081 1" UP , -REPLACE 1 1/2"x1"x1" TEE W/ 1 1/2"x1 1/4"x1" TEE 3061 2"x6" WOOD JOISTS 16" 0/C C.H. 8'-4" REINSTALL EXISTING PIPE & SPRINKLERS tII v 1306131 1 1 /2" 2" DN TO 2ND FLOOR 111 THIRD FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" 2"x8" WOOD JOISTS 16" 0/C 12051 C.H. 9'-0" 1I, CLG. Q I200TA C.H. 8'-0" /\ 1 ,I\ —1" CONNECT TO EXISTING 2" RISER w/2"x1 1/4" MECH. TEES -_.--Q 1 1/4" 1 1/4" UP&DN 1/4" 7. 100 C.H. 9'-0" 2"x8" WOOD JOISTS 16" 0/0 PLUG EXIST. OUTLET \--2 UP TO 3RD FLOOR -1" 1206 / 71 206A1 1206C1 7 SECOND FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 100 SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" A 2"x8" WOOD JOISTS 16" 0/C ri1/4",, 1 1 /2" 1 105 C.H. 8'-11" 1 1/2" 1I, 1 C.H. 8'-0" C dies EF J 1 1/ C.H. 8-111 11081 1 1/4" ti 2 1/2" UP TO " 2ND FLOOR 1 106 1 FIRST FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" NO SPRINKLER NEW WORK REQUIRED IN BASEMENT I805A1 13000E 1 806 BASEMENT FIRE PROTECTION PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" -N- -N- 1 /4" = 1'-0" 0 3 7 9 THIS STATEMENT IS PROVIDED HEREIN AS REQUIRED BY LAW. 11 1111NMI NM —III aIIIIIIMN — — EIS E CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 K J H G Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC ' 33 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 INN F E IAN D C ••j B ARCHITECTURE ). $ z 0 a F- 4 WE z o 0mr �0 43 2 mu w = = z 0 o N a E Q r m0 OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 Inn A FIRE PROTECTION PLANS DATE: SCALE: 03/09/15 AS NOTED DWG No.: F100 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 K J — Z a szt1) N C) M 3 v 0 0.- .- 3 3 U 0 rn 0 N O) z H G SIM F — E D — C - B A SYMBOLS LIST TYPE SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION ABBR. EXISTING WORK TO BE REMOVED (BOLD DASHED UNE) EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN (LIGHT SOLID LINE) NEW WORK (BOLD SOLID LINE) FLOOR & SHOWER DRAIN ASSEMBLY SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY SCHLUTER SHOWER SYSTEMS, ALL STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION. FLOOR & SHOWER DRAIN BODIES AND GRATES SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GC. CONNECTION TO SANITARY BY PC. PC SHALL PROVIDE P -TRAPS FOR ALL DRAINS AND HAIR/LINT BASKET STRAINERS FOR SHOWER DRAINS SHOWER DRAINS SHALL HAVE 4" SQUARE GRATE W/2" OUTLET COLD WATER CW WALL CLEANOUT - CAST IRON CLEANOUT, BRONZE COUNTERSUNK PLUG, W/STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW JAY R SMITH MODEL 4532 DOMESTIC WATER HEATING SYSTEM 200 HOT WATER HW 3.2 " 3 4 NPT AMTROL THERM—X—TROL ST -12 FACTORY PRECHARGED TO 40 PSI IN-LINE DIAPHRAGM TYPE CIRCULATING LINE HWC LAVATORY- SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP W/INTEGRAL SINK AS SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT. PC SHALL PROVIDE GRID STRAINER W/OFFSET DRAIN, 17GA TAILPIECE & P -TRAP, LAVATORY SUPPLIES. LAVATORY SUPPLIES SHALL INCLUDE BRASS ANGLE STOPS W/LOOSE KEY HANDLES & FLEXIBLE CHROME PLATED COPPER RISERS, 5" CHROME PLATED COPPER EXTENSION TUBES &DEEP BELL STEEL FLANGES. PROVIDE UNDERSINK PROTECTIVE PIPE COVERS - ANTIMICROBAL VINYL FOR ANGLE STOP, OFFSET DRAIN & P -TRAP. TRUBRO "LAV GUARD" FAUCET- CAST BRASS CONSTRUCTED, CHROME PLATED TWO HANDLE CENTERSET FAUCET, W/CERAMIC DISC VALVE CARTRIDGES, 0.5 GPM FLOW, WRIST BLADE HANDLES W/COLOR INDEXES, LESS POP-UP DRAIN. AMERICAN STANDARD "MONTERREY" MODEL 5500.175. HOT WATER WATER CLOSET SAN SAN SANITARY OR WASTE PIPING 1 2" / — — V — — VENT PIPING V 16-1/2" TO RIM, 17-19" FROM FLOOR TO TOP OF SEAT. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFF 0 CONNECT TO EXISTING A 1/2" •. - REMOVE TO THIS POINT c. OF HEAD 78"± AFF COORDINATE IN FIELD PIPE DROP OR DOWN PF -4 SHOWER (ADA) SH 1/2" PIPE RISE OR UP 0 ADA COMPLIANT 4 OF HEAD 78"± AFF COORDINATE IN FIELD 4 TOP CONNECTION KITCHEN SINK (ALTERNATE #1) KS 1/2" —(I) BOTTOM CONNECTION 1 1/2" ADA COMPLIANT DROP-IN SINK PROVIDE TEMPLATE TO GC SINK: DOUBLE BOWL, 18 GA TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, SELF RIMMING, 3 FAUCET HOLES. OVERALL DIMENSIONS 33"x19.5"x6D ELKAY MODEL# LRAD3319 DRAIN: PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL BASKET STRAINERS, PVC CONTINUOUS WASTE, PVC P -TRAP, TUBULAR WALL BEND AND FLANGE. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE PIPE COVERS FOR UNDERSINK DRAIN PIPING AND ANGLE STOPS. FAUCET: TWO HANDLE, GOOSENECK TOP -MOUNT FAUCET WITH SWIVEL SPOUT, BRASS CONSTRUCTION WITH POLISHED CHROME FINISH, WITH WRIST BLADE HANDLES. 1.5 GPM MAX. FLOW RATE. MODEL: AMERICAN STANDARD "MONTERREY" MODEL 6409.170. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CP COPPER RISERS, CHROME PLATED ANGLE VALVE W/LOOSE KEY HANDLES. C CAP OR PLUG ° CO, WCO (I CLEANOUT, WALL CLEANOUT DO P -TRAP i Ai CIRCUIT SETTER (FLOW MEASURING BALANCE VALVES) 4 BALL VALVE Q THERMOMETER EX EXISTING TO REMAIN EX, EXIST. — Ni CHECK VALVE I><1 GATE VALVE ® 0 FLOOR DRAIN FLD, FD si HOSE BIBB HB PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GC ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL ACM STAINLESS STEEL SS ILII "'�r'' SHOCK ARRESTOR SA SHOWER SH WATER CLOSET WC LAVATORY LAV KITCHENETTE SINK KS DRINKING FOUNTAIN DF GALLONS PER MINUTE GPM STORM PIPING ST CAST IRON PIPE CI BOTTOM OF PIPE BOP BOTTOM OF DUCT BOD FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION FFE STAINLESS STEEL SS PF -1 PLUMBING FIXTURE # (SEE SCHEDULE) FLOOR DRAIN SCHEDULE TYPE DESCRIPTION MAKE & MODEL NOTE FD -1 STAINLESS STEEL GRATE, HEIGHT AND LATERAL ADJUSTMENT COLLARS, BONDING FLANGE AND STAINLESS STEEL OUTLET PIPE. FLOOR & SHOWER DRAIN ASSEMBLY SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY SCHLUTER SHOWER SYSTEMS, ALL STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION. FLOOR & SHOWER DRAIN BODIES AND GRATES SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GC. CONNECTION TO SANITARY BY PC. PC SHALL PROVIDE P -TRAPS FOR ALL DRAINS AND HAIR/LINT BASKET STRAINERS FOR SHOWER DRAINS SHOWER DRAINS SHALL HAVE 4" SQUARE GRATE W/2" OUTLET CLEANOUT SCHEDULE TYPE DESCRIPTION MAKE & MODEL FCO CAST IRON FLOOR CLEANOUT WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED SECURED NICKEL BRONZE TOP JAY R SMITH MODEL 4020 OR EQUAL BY ZURN CO EXTENSION TYPE CLEANOUT, DUCO CAST IRON, W/RAISED HEAD CLOSURE PLUG, SERVICE WEIGHT. JAY R SMITH MODEL 4280 WCO WALL CLEANOUT - CAST IRON CLEANOUT, BRONZE COUNTERSUNK PLUG, W/STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW JAY R SMITH MODEL 4532 EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE (BASE BID) TAG SERVICE MAXIMUM OPERATING CONDITIONS VOLUME (GAL.) SYSTEM CONNECTION SIZE MAKE & MODEL REMARKS TOTAL ACCEPT. TEMP ('F) PRESSURE ET -1 DOMESTIC WATER HEATING SYSTEM 200 150 PSIG 4.4 3.2 " 3 4 NPT AMTROL THERM—X—TROL ST -12 FACTORY PRECHARGED TO 40 PSI IN-LINE DIAPHRAGM TYPE PLUMBING NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CORNELL UNIVERSITY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FOR QUALITY, MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 2. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE RULES, REGULATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE NEW YORK STATE BUILDING CODE, THE NYS ENERGY CODE, OSHA, FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL ORDINANCES, CODES, LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 3. CONFORM TO ALL UTILITY COMPANY RULES AND REGULATIONS. 4. THIS PROJECT INCLUDES ALL PLUMBING REMOVALS, PLUMBING RELOCATIONS, AND NEW PLUMBING WORK, AS WELL AS THE ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE WORK SHOWN. COORDINATE THE WORK AS REQUIRED WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND THE OWNER. 5. PROVIDE ALL NEW PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS. NEW INSULATION SHALL BE ASBESTOS FREE. USE ONLY LEAD FREE SOLDER. 6. RECORD DRAWINGS: MAINTAIN ONE SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS DENOTING ANY FIELD CHANGES WHICH ARE MADE AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. PROVIDE THIS DRAWING SET TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW ON A BIWEEKLY BASIS AND TURN OVER AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT FOR REPRODUCTION. 7. BUILDING PERMIT: CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A BUILDING PERMIT BEFORE STARTING WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL PERMIT EXPENSES. 8. NO WORK OF ASBESTOS ABATEMENT OR REMOVAL IS INCLUDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THE OWNER WILL CONDUCT ANY REQUIRED ABATEMENT WORK UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT. 9. INSPECTION: NOTIFY CITY OF ITHACA PLUMBING CODE COMPLIANCE OFFICER AND PETERSON ENGINEERING A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO TESTING PLUMBING LINES. ALTERNATES ALTERNATE #1 - KITCHEN RENOVATION: PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT SINK. REFER TO DRAWINGS P001, P100 AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ALTERNATE #2 - PLUMBING ALTERNATE: PROVIDE DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATION SYSTEM AND INSULATE EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER LINES. REFER TO DRAWING P100 AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. INSULATION SCHEDULE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PF # FIXTURE ABBREV SYMBOL HOT COLD WASTE VENT REMARKS MOUNTING HEIGHT MAKE & MODEL PF -1 LAVATORY LAV O 1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2"1 1/2"BOWL COUNTERTOP W/INTEGRAL BY GC. PC SHALL PROVIDE ROUGHING, TRIM AND FINAL CONNECTIONS. MOUNTING BY GC SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS LAVATORY- SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP W/INTEGRAL SINK AS SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT. PC SHALL PROVIDE GRID STRAINER W/OFFSET DRAIN, 17GA TAILPIECE & P -TRAP, LAVATORY SUPPLIES. LAVATORY SUPPLIES SHALL INCLUDE BRASS ANGLE STOPS W/LOOSE KEY HANDLES & FLEXIBLE CHROME PLATED COPPER RISERS, 5" CHROME PLATED COPPER EXTENSION TUBES &DEEP BELL STEEL FLANGES. PROVIDE UNDERSINK PROTECTIVE PIPE COVERS - ANTIMICROBAL VINYL FOR ANGLE STOP, OFFSET DRAIN & P -TRAP. TRUBRO "LAV GUARD" FAUCET- CAST BRASS CONSTRUCTED, CHROME PLATED TWO HANDLE CENTERSET FAUCET, W/CERAMIC DISC VALVE CARTRIDGES, 0.5 GPM FLOW, WRIST BLADE HANDLES W/COLOR INDEXES, LESS POP-UP DRAIN. AMERICAN STANDARD "MONTERREY" MODEL 5500.175. PF -2 WATER CLOSET WC .C.1- O NOTE: PROVIDE VINYL PIPE JACKETING FOR ALL EXPOSED INSULATION PIPING WITHIN BATHROOMS 1 2" / 3" 1 1 2" / FLOOR MOUNTED ADA COMPLIANT 16-1/2" TO RIM, 17-19" FROM FLOOR TO TOP OF SEAT. WATER CLOSET- FLOOR MOUNTED, WITH TANK, ELONGATED BOWL, 1.28 GPF, "EVERCLEAN" SURFACE. AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET PRO": BOWL -3517A.101 "RIGHT HEIGHT", TANK -4188A.104 PROVIDE COLOR AS SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT. PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY COMMERCIAL ELONGATED CLOSED FRONT SEAT WITH COVER, BY AMERICAN STANDARD, BEMIS OR CHURCH. SUPPLY KIT- CAST BRASS ANGLE STOP, CHROME PLATED(CP), W/LOOSE KEY HANDLE. FLEXIBLE METAL BRAIDED POLYMER COATED RISER AND CP STEEL FLANGE BY BRASSCRAFT OR EQUAL PF -3 SHOWER SH A 1/2" 1/2- - - c. OF HEAD 78"± AFF COORDINATE IN FIELD VALVE & PROVIDE CHROME PLATED, METAL CONSTRUCTED PRESSURE BALANCING SHOWER VALVE WITH LEVER HANDLE, H&C INDICATORS, IN-LINE CHECKSTOPS, ADJUSTABLE TEMP HEAD- LIMIT STOP, CHROME PLATED SHOWER HEAD, SHOWER ARM, AND FLANGE. MODEL: MOEN 8375 COMMERCIAL SINGLE HANDLE PRESSURE BALANCING SHOWER SYSTEM. PF -4 SHOWER (ADA) SH 1/2" 1/2" ADA COMPLIANT 4 OF HEAD 78"± AFF COORDINATE IN FIELD VALVE & ACCESSORIES- PROVIDE CHROME PRESSURE BALANCING SHOWER VALVE. LEVER HANDLE W/ H&C INDICATORS, IN-LINE CHECKSTOPS, ADJUSTABLE TEMP LIMIT STOP. PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT LEVER HANDLE, DIVERTER AND HAND HELD SHOWER WITH ADJUSTABLE SLIDEBAR. MODEL: MOEN 8342 THREE FUNCTION COMMERCIAL SHOWER SYSTEM. SHOWERHEAD- STATIONARY SHOWERHEAD, 69" METAL HOSE (IS INCLUDED IN MODEL NO. SPECIFIED ABOVE) PF -5 KITCHEN SINK (ALTERNATE #1) KS 1/2" 1 /2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" ADA COMPLIANT DROP-IN SINK PROVIDE TEMPLATE TO GC SINK: DOUBLE BOWL, 18 GA TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, SELF RIMMING, 3 FAUCET HOLES. OVERALL DIMENSIONS 33"x19.5"x6D ELKAY MODEL# LRAD3319 DRAIN: PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL BASKET STRAINERS, PVC CONTINUOUS WASTE, PVC P -TRAP, TUBULAR WALL BEND AND FLANGE. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE PIPE COVERS FOR UNDERSINK DRAIN PIPING AND ANGLE STOPS. FAUCET: TWO HANDLE, GOOSENECK TOP -MOUNT FAUCET WITH SWIVEL SPOUT, BRASS CONSTRUCTION WITH POLISHED CHROME FINISH, WITH WRIST BLADE HANDLES. 1.5 GPM MAX. FLOW RATE. MODEL: AMERICAN STANDARD "MONTERREY" MODEL 6409.170. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CP COPPER RISERS, CHROME PLATED ANGLE VALVE W/LOOSE KEY HANDLES. t - . ° INSULATION SCHEDULE TYPE PIPE INSULATION TYPE FITTING INSULATION TYPE PIPE DIA. (INCHES)>1 1/2 RUNOUTS < 1-1/2" >1 1/2 ALL THICKNESS (INCHES) DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING FIBERGLASS WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET ZESTON 1/2" 1" 1" PURPLE PRIMER & SOLVENT CEMENTS FOR PVC PIPE CONFORMING TO ASTM D2564 DOMESTIC HW & HW CIRC PIPING FIBERGLASS WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET ZESTON 1 /2" 1" 1" NOTE: PROVIDE VINYL PIPE JACKETING FOR ALL EXPOSED INSULATION PIPING WITHIN BATHROOMS DRAWN BY: H. JUNUZOVIC DESIGNED BY: K.A. SNYDER CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON PIPING SCHEDULE SERVICE LOCATION PIPING FITTINGS JOINTS DOMESTIC WATER ALL TYPE 'L' COPPER WROUGHT COPPER, NO LEAD 95/5 NO -LEAD SOLDER SANITARY & VENT ABOVE GROUND SCHEDULE 40 PVC DWV CONFORMING TO ASTM D1785 & D2665 PVC FITTINGS CONFORMING TO ASTM D2665 PURPLE PRIMER & SOLVENT CEMENTS FOR PVC PIPE CONFORMING TO ASTM D2564 ADA REQUIREMENTS CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. BE ESPECIALLY ATTENTIVE TO THE FOLLOWING: CONTROLS FOR WATER CLOSET FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE TOILET STALL. THE HEIGHT OF WATER CLOSETS SHALL BE 17 IN. TO 19 IN. MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE TOILET SEAT. DRINKING FOUNTAIN BUBBLER SPOUT HEIGHT SHALL BE 36" MAX AFF CENTERLINE OF SPOUT SHALL BE 5" MAX. FROM FRONT EDGE OF COUNTER TOP. THIS STATEMENT IS PROVIDED BY°, FOLLOWED BY THEIR SIGNATURE AND THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION AND A DESCRIPTION OF THE ALTERATION. IF ALTERED, THE ALTERING PROFESSIONAL SHALL AFFIX THEIR SEAL AND THE NOTATION 'ALTER w S W La - 0 a 0 CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO N CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. K SIMI J H G 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 F Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC (\JL iyo• 'SATE 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 — E D C f B A 8 N N d'y m L2 CO J Z N _ c U -c m CD A 2 air 0 CO UJ,`0° Y a ARCHITECTURE Ca Ca 0 z I�w® OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 PLUMBING NOTES AND SCHEDULES DATE: SCALE: 03/09/15 AS NOTED DWG No.: P001 K — J H G F — E D C - B — A 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 REMOVE LAVATORIES, FAUCET DRAIN & WATER SUPPLY PIPE REMOVE TOILETS, WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY PIPE REMOVE EXIST. WASHER STANDPIPE i 105 RA ROOM SAN. RISER HW & CW 3" SANITARY RISER 1031 iurr /nnni 1 BATHROOM 1 DRY HW CW 1 WASH 1 108 1 LAUNDRY 3" SAN RISER 3" SANITARY (T(P) `-- REMOVE SHOWER STALL, TRIM DRAIN AND ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING. f1 hooso CT/UDC REMOVE EXIST. 1-1 /2" PIPE DOWN 106 BEDROOM FIRST FLOOR REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" REMOVE PIPE TO REMOVE 1/2" CW 1 EXIST. 4' CI SAN STACK UP TO TOILET CW GALVANIZED BALL VALVE EXIST. UTILITY Ei4c 4 ' SINK TO REMAIN REMOVE 2" 1 UP (PVC) (805A1 --� \ REMOVE \ SAN. PIPE REMOVE 2" SH DRAIN - DRAWN BY: H. JUNUZOVIC DESIGNED BY: K.A. SNYDER CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON 3" UP EXIST. DRAIN VALVE YIL REMOVE 3/4" CW AND 3/4" HW UP 18001 CB EXIST. HW & CW EXIST. HW & CW UP TO LAUNDRY AND DN TO DRAIN VALVES (TO REMAIN) 0 0 - EXIST. 1/2" HW & CW 113061 REMOVE 1-1/2" WASHER STANDPIPE LINE & CAP AT FLOOR DRAIN r-- EXIST. BALL VALVE (TYP.) 6 1 B04 1 EXIST. HW & CW UP TO KITCHEN SINK (TO REMAIN) BASEMENT REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1T1 REMOVE LAVATORY, FAUCET DRAIN & WATER SUPPLY PIPE 1 305 1 SAN. RISER HW & CW ---�`� ° -. r a"="41 RISER"SANITARY I x / 11 I/ \11 REMOVE SHOWER STALL, TRIM DRAIN AND ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING. 13058 K t I 0 1 1 1 HW & CW 1 �--REMOVE TOILET, WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY PIPE 1300TA 1306 3" SANITARY 11 \ � /-i I RISER 11 / \ 11 (_- REMOVE DRA NAND ALL ASSOCIATED TED PIPING. 13oos4 130681 4 THIRD FLOOR PLUMBING REMOVAL PLAN P100 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" REMOVE LAVATORIES, FAUCET DRAIN & WATER SUPPLY PIPE SAN. RISER HW & CW _1'I 1 3" SANITARY I / X \ If RISER REMOVE SHOWER STALL, TRIM, DRAIN AND ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING. 1 205 1 Om= Imo 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I._ .1_ 205B ( / OOTA1 TF' -=A= \ 11 is Its/ 11 / \ 11 I REMOVE TOILETS, WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY PIPE ,HW&CW 12oos/] 1206 1 3" SANITARY RISER REMOVE SHOWER STALL, TRIM DRAIN AND ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING. (20661 � 1 SECOND FLOOR REMOVAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 206A PLAN N N N N M N N N L BASE BID PROVIDE 48 LF 1/2" COPPER HW CIRC LINE, INSULATED, PUMP, ELECTRIC CONNECTION (CONTINUOUS OPERATION) PLUMBING ALTERNATE 2 --)1110- INSULATE EXIST. 36 LF - 1" HW E - = E MINN 1206C1 11111111 M M TIE IN 3/4" HW CIRC AT BASE OF HW RISER M 16008 ROOM INSULATE EXIST. 30 LF 1" CW EXIST. AO SMITH BURKAY.HTR TO REMAIN 6 EXPANSION TANK (INSTALL DOWNSTREAM OF RPZ.)BASE BID ■ CW SUPPLY DOMESTIC WATER HEATER 1/2" BALANCE VALVE 1 GPMCIRC —� PUMP—�t 411( INSULATE EXIST 12LF-1 " DHW CIRCULATING PIPING 1/2" SPRING CHECK VALVE t DOMESTIC HOT WATER STORAGE TANK INSULATE EXIST. 20" DIA x 62" H DHW TANK. 3" THICK FIBERGLASS & ALUMINIM JACKET PLUMBING WORK ALTERNATE #2 P100 N M NOT TO SCALE NEN N M N N N E N N- M I N NM. 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i REMOVAL NOTES 1. THE GENERAL INTENT OF PLUMBING REMOVALS IS TO DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, WATER, SANITARY AND VENT PIPING WITHIN THE BATHROOMS & ABOVE THE CEILING. REMOVE PIPING BACK TO MAINS IN THE BASEMENT. 2. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FILL ALL HOLES THROUGH FLOORS AND WALLS LEFT AS A RESULT OF REMOVALS AND NOT NEEDED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW FIXTURES AND PIPE. PROVIDE SUITABLE MATERIALS TO MATCH SURROUNDING CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH G.C. 3. SALVAGE WATER CLOSETS, TURN OVER TO OWNER. ALTERNATE #1 N N M M NM- M ME M E N N N EN.* DISCONNECT WASTE & WATER PIPING, REMOVE SINK AND FAUCET. PROVIDE NEW SINK, SUPPLIES AND WASTE - PIPING. CONNECT TO EXISTING PIPE. PF -5 0 0 w v THIS STATEMENT IS PROVIDED HEREIN 0 0 FIRST FLOOR KITCHEN PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" E N N N M- E M N 1 1 1 14E --ALTERNATE 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NM E — a 3 W g O w U 0 5 1 0 1 3 5 7 9 11 1.,., 1 /4" = 1'-0" 0 CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. 1 1 11111 1111 110 MI IN NI ®® 1 1 all — 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 K — J Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC 1 111 '04... , . tri t.‘1"" 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com — H G F Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 — E 0111111 D — C B N v LO co 0 >- z o 2 co U W 8 O E 0 3 N IsN 0 0 0 ARCHITECTURE 0 z 0 ar: act z E cc o Er °�>- 0 i z 11.1 CV Mi WU 2.11 OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 — A PLUMBING REMOVAL PLANS & ALTERNATES DATE: SCALE: 03/09/15 AS NOTED DWG No.: P100 9 10 12 14 PF -2 wc PF -2 wc PF -3 SH PF -3 SH 4" 3/4 4" 3/4 2" PF -2 wc 1/2 (8 hwfu) 3/4 4" DRAWN By: H. ,JUNUZOVIC, DESIGNED BY: K.A. SNYDER CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON DOMESTIC WATER SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE EXIST. VENT THRU ROOF (VTR) CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT IN ATTIC PF -2 WIC � V 2" 1 1 /2 1/2" FD -1 SH LLAAV FD- SH WASHING MACHINE STANDPIPE 1 1/2"4 PF -1 LAV PF -2 wc CONNECT TO EXIST.4" C.I. FD -1 SH 1 1/2 SANITARY &VENT SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE 2" V DN - 3" V UP TO EXIST. VTR. CONNECT TO EXIST. VENT IN ATTIC 2" SAN DN 1 1/2" V RISE 12"x12" AD PROVIDE BRANCH PIPING TO LAVS & SHOWER. (TYP. 2ND 3RD FLOOR) REFER TO SCHEMATIC FOR PIPE SIZES. 12651 DN, 3" V RISE V DN 4" HW, 3/4" CW DN 12"x12" AD 2"VDN 3/4" HW, 3/4" C 3050 1305 N 13068 30 3058 THIRD FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" 2" SAN UP & DN 12"x12" AD 1206 3/4" HW, 1" CW UP & DN 3/4" HW UP & DN, PF - 3/4" CW UP, 1" CW DN PROVIDE BRANCH PIPING TO TOILET & SHOWER. REFER TO SCHEMATIC FOR PIPE SIZES. (TYP.2ND & 3RD FLOOR 2001 SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" 2" TRAP 2" CO \ 2" WASTE 1105 FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 3" SAN UP t EXIST. C.I. 4" SAN ur CONNECT TOi EXIST. P 3" SAN UP 3/4" HW & ° 1" CW UP—j° 2" SAN UP TO FD 16050 3/4" HW CIRC (ALT #2) 3/4" HW & 1" CW UP BO CB SAN UP 1/2" V UP UP TO SH BASE BID & IN ULATE HW & CW PIPING. PLUMBING ALTERNATE SEE DETAIL 1604 EXIST 1/4" _ 1-0„ 2"VUP&DN 2" SAN W/P-TRAP UP TO FD SAN UP 2" SAN UP & DN 3" WASTE VENT STACK 2" SAN W/P-TRAP UP TO SH -� OOTA] 1-1/2" V UP & DN 3" SAN DN 2" V UP SAN DN 2"VUP 2" SAN W/P-TRAP UP TO SH 2" SAN W/P—TRAP UP TO SH 2( SA SECOND FLOOR ABOVE CEILING SANITARY & VENT P101 2"VUP&DN 2" SAN UP 3" SAN DN SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" 2" SAN W/P—TRAP UP TO FD 3" SAN DN SAN UP 3" SAN UP afl 2" SAN W/TRAP UP TO SH 5 CO 2" SAN W/P-TRAP UP TO SH " SAN D 1/2" V UP & D 2" SAN W/P-TRAP UP TO FD FIRST FLOOR ABOVE CEILING SANITARY & VENT P101 SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" 0 Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 E 8 N N74' z U LO s 00d r3 z A RC IR9 T EC TU RE z w aA CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO v, CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. 4 5 1 6 7 8 9 ( 10 '1 '1 1 12 1 13 1 14 OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: H Z O 1437 PLUMBING PLANS AND SCHEMATICS DATE: DWG No.: 01 03/09/15 AS Nara) N:\920900\Current Drawings1M001.dwg, 3/9/2015 4:30:54 PM, N81 K J NIS H Ina G Ina F E IMO D c B RIM A 1 I 2 I 3 4 I 5 I 6 7 1 8 I 9 1 10 T 11 I 12 1 13 1 14 SYMBOLS LIST DESIGNATION SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION ABBR. S.P. EXISTING WORK TO BE REMOVED (BOLD DASHED LINE) EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN (LIGHT SOLID LINE) NEW WORK (BOLD SOLID LINE) MOTOR DRIVE BASIS OF DESIGN HOT WATER SUPPLY HWS BHP HOT WATER RETURN HWR Elk Err DIFFUSER TYPE EF -A CFM - AIR FLOW DIRECTION 0.10" MI RETURN / EXHAUST DUCT 16 0.18A ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFF 0 CONNECT TO EXISTING PANASONIC WHISPERCEILING MODEL FV-11VQ5 la REMOVE TO THIS POINT BATHROOM 200TA & 300TA CEILING PIPE DROP OR DOWN 0.10" ) 0 PIPE RISE OR UP 0.35A 120 4 TOP CONNECTION DIRECT PANASONIC WHISPERCEILING MODEL FV-20VQ3 -tl) BOTTOM CONNECTION CAP OR PLUG E CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CFM EXHAUST AIR EA 1. BALANCE VALVE i BALL VALVE NOT TO SCALE NTS EX EXISTING TO REMAIN EX, EXIST. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GC ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL ACM GALLONS PER MINUTE GPM BOTTOM OF PIPE BOP BOTTOM OF DUCT BOD FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION FFE FAN SCHEDULE DESIGNATION SERVICE TYPE CFM S.P. RPM MOTOR DRIVE BASIS OF DESIGN ACCESSORIES RPM BHP HP VOLT PH HERTZ EF -A BATHROOM 100TA CEILING 110 0.10" -- 4-3/8" 16 0.18A 120 1 60 DIRECT PANASONIC WHISPERCEILING MODEL FV-11VQ5 PROVIDE WITH WALL CAP EF -B BATHROOM 200TA & 300TA CEILING 190 0.10" -- NOTES: 1. PROVIDE DANFOSS CONTROL VALVE, MODEL RA2000, 1/2" SIZE. ANGLE VALVE BODY IN VERTICAL POSITION WITH WALL MOUNTED THEMOSTATIC KNOB 2. TOP OF ENCLOSURE MOUNTED 18" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 0.35A 120 1 60 DIRECT PANASONIC WHISPERCEILING MODEL FV-20VQ3 PROVIDE WITH WALL CAP FINNED TUBE & PANEL RADIATION SCHEDULE DESIGNATION ELEMENT ENCLOSURE DESIGN MFGR. & MODEL NOTES CAPACITY (BTUH/LF) PIPE SIZE (COPPER) FINS PER FOOT FIN THICKNESS FIN DIMENSIONS NO. OF ROWS HEIGHT WIDTH GAUGE FTR-A 990 0 180T 3/4" 50 0.020" 3-1/4" X 3-1/4" 1 14" 4-3/8" 16 VULCAN RADIATOR LINOVECTOR II - LV3-S-SLOPE TOP 1, 2 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE DANFOSS CONTROL VALVE, MODEL RA2000, 1/2" SIZE. ANGLE VALVE BODY IN VERTICAL POSITION WITH WALL MOUNTED THEMOSTATIC KNOB 2. TOP OF ENCLOSURE MOUNTED 18" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR INSULATION SCHEDULE TYPE PIPE INSULATION TYPE FITTING INSULATION TYPE PIPE DIA. (INCHES) < 1-1/2" >1 1/2" THICKNESS (INCHES) HYDRONIC HEATING PIPING FIBERGLASS WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET ZESTON 1-1/2" 2" NOTE: PROVIDE VINYL PIPE JACKETING FOR ALL EXPOSED INSULATION PIPING WITHIN BATHROOMS DRAWN BY: H. JUNUZOVIC DESIGNED BY: K.A. SNYDER CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON PIPING SCHEDULE SERVICE LOCATION PIPING FITTINGS JOINTS HYDRONIC HEATING ABOVE GROUNDTYPE 2" AND SMALLER "L" COPPER WROUGHT COPPER PRESSURE FITTING SWEAT SOLDER, THREADED ALTERNATES: ALTERNATE #1 KITCHEN RENOVATION: REPLACE RANGE HOOD. REFER TO DRAWING M100 AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DUCT NOTES: 1. ALL TOILET/SHOWER ROOM EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE ALUMINUM. RESIDENTIAL KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCT SHALL BE GALVANIZED. 2. DUCT SHALL BE PRESSURE CLASS 2" FOR ALL DUCTWORK. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO SMACNA GUIDELINES FOR THE SPECIFIC TYPE OF DUCTWORK & APPLICATION. ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OTHERWISE. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH HARDCAST ALUMAGRIP #701 DUCT SEALANT. SEAL ALL JOINTS, SEAMS, CONNECTIONS, TRANSVERSE JOINTS, LONGITUDINAL JOINTS, BOTH FIELD AND SHOP OR FACTORY FORMED JOINTS. ALSO APPLY AT ALL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND FLEX CONNECTORS. SYSTEM LEAKAGE SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5%. 4. ALL ELBOWS SHALL BE CENTERLINE RADIUS = DUCT WIDTH, MINIMUM. IF MITER ELBOWS ARE USED PROVIDE TURNING VANES IN MITER ELBOWS. ANCHOR VANES SECURELY TO ELIMINATE RATTLES. 5. COORDINATE DUCT WORK WITH WORK OF ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING Sc FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTORS. ROUGH IN DUCT RUNS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS. PROVIDE SUBMITTALS FOR EQUIPMENT LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER. GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF QUALITY, MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP, AS DEFINED IN THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. >_. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE RULES, REGULATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE, ENERGY CODE OF NEW YORK STATE, NFPA, OSHA, FEDERAL, STATE, COUNTY, AND CITY ORDINANCES, CODES, LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 3. RECORD DRAWINGS: MAINTAIN ONE SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS DENOTING ANY FIELD CHANGES WHICH ARE MADE AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. PROVIDE THIS DRAWING SET TO THE ENGINEER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT FOR REPRODUCTION. 4. BUILDING PERMIT: CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A BUILDING PERMIT BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL PERMIT EXPENSES. 5. THE WORK OF ASBESTOS ABATEMENT IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S ASBESTOS ABATEMENT SUB -CONTRACTOR. 6. CONTRACTORS SHALL OBSERVE EXCEPTIONAL CARE IN PROTECTING THE EXISTING BUILDING, ITS FINISHES & FABRIC FROM HARM OR DAMAGE. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING A HOT WORK PERMIT FROM THE ITHACA FIRE DEPARTMENT (IFD) WHENEVER THE WORK OF WELDING OR OTHER HOT WORK IS NEEDED. 8. OBTAIN A LOCAL FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM SHUTDOWN FOR ANY HOT WORK OR WHENEVER THE WORK WILL CREATE SMOKE AND/OR DUST PROPAGATION. 9. ITEMS IDENTIFIED FOR "SALVAGE" SHALL BE REMOVED AND IMMEDIATELY PROTECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR, AND EITHER REUSED IN THE WORK AS SHOWN OR RETURNED TO THE ATTIC "SPARES" AREA AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. 10. A CERTIFIED AIR, HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEM, & DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATION BALANCE IS INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF A UNIVERSITY APPROVED BALANCE CONTRACTOR. 10.1. SCOPE OF WORK FOR BALANCING: 10.1.1. SET FLOW RATE FOR 3 BALANCING VALVES FOR NEW RADIATORS IN RENOVATED BATHROOMS. 10.1.2. MEASURE EXHAUST AIRFLOW OF 3 NEW EXHAUST FANS. 10.1.3. ALTERNATE 2: SET FLOW RATE FOR BALANCING VALVE FOR DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATION PUMP. 10.1.4. PROVIDE REPORT. NOTIFY OWNER, CONTRACTOR, AND ENGINEER OF ANY SYSTEM DEFICIENCIES. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO DRAIN THE HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEM PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF EXISTING RADIATORS AND PIPING. UPON COMPLETION OF NEW WORK INSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FILL THE SYSTEM AND VENT ALL AIR FROM THE SYSTEM THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM A 100% TEST OF THE HEATING SYSTEM TO VERIFY ALL AIR HAS BEEN VENTED. THE TEST SHALL BE TO OPERATE THE BOILER, HEAT THE WATER UP TO 180'F AND CHECK EACH RADIATOR THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING TO MAKE SURE THAT THEY ARE HEATING PROPERLY. THIS STATEMENT IS PROVIDED HEREIN AS 0 W 0 0 0 0 0 V) N O a 0 W 0 0 LaL CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO N CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. 1 1 2 I 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 14 K IMM J Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC �Y•S�Tf ' j`1' 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com SINN H Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 dal G F E D c j B E 8 N N a rn C3 CO J >- Z te- U N 0 a -c 8 .�+ ib a�� o E U N coco w moo 0 a ARCHITECTURE Y MIL (1) z O W W 2 0LA' ES oNip ° 2 W W N 4 T mT o z C U O = U OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 0111 A MECHANICAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES DATE: SCALE: 03/09/15 AS NOTED DWG No.: M001 N:\920900\Current Drawings1M100.dwg, 3/9/2015 4:31:23 PM, N81 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 K J MIND H G F — E — D — C B A r— REMOVE FIN TUBE UNIT AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. 1 305 t�� 1300TA —J --CUT BACK RADIATION TO ACCOMMODATE EXPANDED BATHROOM REMOVE FAN/LIGHT DISCHARGE DUCT & liooso1 T, LL CAP. 1306 THIRD FLOOR REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" -REMOVE FIN TUBE UNIT AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. CUT BACK RADIATION TO ACCOMMODATE EXPANDED BATHROOM 93"c. AFF 07� '' —\ I REMOVE 3/4" HWS/R °� ` I SERVING 2ND & 3RD Z,Y —�T- T 1 , FLOOR RADIATORS — -"4"_7''""L11 , t— 1 97" r1, o -1 AFF I \ / 1 \.l 1 1 1200TA1 REMOVE FAN/LIGHT UNIT, DISCHARGE DUCT & WALL CAP. 108N, AFF koosol I)NI REMOVE 1-1/2" HWS/R 1 1 206 1 3� SECOND FLOOR REMOVAL PLAN M100 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" REMOVE 3/4" HWS/R DN 105 RA ROOM REMOVE FIN TUBE UNIT i AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. 1100TA BATHROOM II L �J t `� \/ l o `-' ii �1 off— L O o 1081 LAUNDRY REMOVE FAN/LIGHT UNIT, DISCHARGE DUCT & WALL CAP. FIRST FLOOR REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ir 0 3/4" L REMOVE RISERS UP TO 1ST FLOOR FIN TUBE L. el r-1 1 /4" 1 n 1 UV 1 106 1 BEDROOM DRAWN BY: H. JUNUZOVIC DESIGNED BY: K.A. SNYDER CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON 3/4J 0 0 BASEMENT REMOVAL PLAN 4 —N— 1 3051 'WALL CAP (TWO 4" WALL 2' FTR-A t'�n CAPS TO SERVE 6" FAN) JL Is 1300TAJ BATHROOM WYE ITTIN (N TEE) n 1300S0 305A P\ 130681 306A 1306 � 8 � THIRD FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4 = 1'-0" WALL CAP, (TWO 4" CAPS TO SERVE 6" FAN)4�� 0 II mr. 6"0 2' FTR—A 1/2" HWS/R UP TO 3RD FLR RADIATOR E FITTING (NOT TEE) Z-1/R� 120oTA1 BATHROOM 1-1/2" HWS 206 RAISE LINES TO BE ABOVE NEW BATHROOM CEILING 1/2" HWS/ TO2 FLR FIN TUBE ROUTE DOWN W /' BEHIND SINK, EXTEND AGAIN /OUTSIDE WALL BELOW SINK. PROVIDE 5'L FIN TUBE CABINET TO CONCEAL PIPING, ACTIVE LENGTH OF FIN TUBE SHALL BE 2'Lin i y k EXIST VALVES TO REMAIN IFI FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN SECOND SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PROVIDE BROAN MODEL #885AL WALL CAP. SEAL PERIMETER WATERTIGHT. (TYP. FOR 5)--"—Th4 EXTEND DISCHARGE DUCT THRU EXISTING OPENING 1 105 1 1100TAI BATHROOM r- L-2' -4" FTR-A- I -41 1 108 1 FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" 1 106 805A1 /2" HWS/R UP TO 1ST FLR RADIATOR 0 3/4"----6-7 •-) VI (-1 1/4" CB 2" 3/4J BASEMENT MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0 i 1/4" = 1'- 0 3 FIN TUBE CABINET ENDCAP FLOOR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 5 hoosA MANUAL AIR VENT 0.2 GPM (TYP. FOR 3) fIIIiIIIlIIiiIIlIIIIIiIIIulIl:Ij 1/2" BALANCE VALVE, TOUR ANDERSON 786 SERIES THERMOSTATIC CONTROL CAPILLARY TUBE, PROVIDE WIREWOLD TO CONCEAL DANFOSS CONTROL VALVE FIN TUBE RADIATION DETAIL NOT TO SCALE ALTERNATE 11 --� 7" <ITCHEN HOOD 1104A1 ;1 PROVIDE BROAN MODEL #647 WALL CAP 1ST FLOOR KITCHEN PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 7"0 GALVANIZED IN SOFFIT ABOVE CABINETS J PROVIDE: RESIDENTIAL KITCHEN RANGE HOOD NUTONE MODEL WS1—WHITE, 2 SPEED FAN, 220 CFM, 1.5 SONES NORMAL, 5.0 SONES HIGH WITH STANDARD FILTER. (HOOD COMES WITH DUCT ADAPTOR) EC SHALL PROVIDE LAMPS. 7 7"O WALL CAP KITCHEN HOOD SCHEMATIC IYIIVV NOT TO SCALE 9 11 1 1 Ell 1111 MN IN INN I I _ — ® — = — THE LAW 0 CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM s DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO N CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. 1 1 2 1 3 4 1 5 l 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 K — J Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC 1 21 ill e ire upoo 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com — H Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 — G — F MIN E — D — C ANS r B A ARCHITECTURE u z W Z E 0 OO1 N fi > 0 =z oTT; ce i W U OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 MECHANICAL PLANS DATE: 03/09/15 SCALE: AS NOTED DWG No.: M100 K J MID H IMo G F E MIND D IMO 0 B ENO A 1 1 2 1 3 1 q. 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF QUALITY, MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP, AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE (EBCNYS) 2010. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK IN THE PROJECT AREA SHALL CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 2008, THE FIRE CODE OF NEW YORK STATE (FCNYS) 2010, AND THE ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE OF NEW YORK STATE (ECCNYS) 2014. THESE ARE THE APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE NYS UNIFORM FIRE PREVENTION AND BUILDING CODE AT THE TIME OF EXPECTED PERMIT ISSUE. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT (OSHA) AS AMENDED AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR. 4. THE PROJECT OCCURS WITHIN THE CITY OF ITHACA. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE A VALID CITY OF ITHACA ELECTRICAL LICENSE AND SHALL PROVIDE A CITY OF ITHACA ELECTRICAL PERMIT. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATE BY AGENCY APPROVED BY CORNELL UNIVERSITY AND THE CITY OF ITHACA. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL FEES. 5. CONFORM TO UTILITY COMPANY RULES Sc REGULATIONS. 6. PROVIDE DETAILED SUBMITTALS FOR ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS PROJECT. 7. PROVIDE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION FOR ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS PROVIDED UNDER THIS PROJECT. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE SIGNED, DATED, CONTRACTOR AS -BUILT DRAWINGS FOR ALL WORK PROVIDED UNDER THIS PROJECT. MAINTAIN ONE SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS DENOTING ANY FIELD CHANGES WHICH ARE MADE AS THE WORK OF THE PROJECT PROGRESSES. KEEP THESE UPDATED. ENGINEER SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BORROW, PHOTOCOPY AND RETURN THESE DRAWINGS AT INTERVALS THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT. 9. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL, TELECOM, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND ELEMENTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND THE MECHANICAL, SPRINKLER AND PLUMBING WORK. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC LOCATION OF DEVICES. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES AND DEVICES. BRING ANY QUESTIONS OR DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGHIN. 10. ITEMS IDENTIFIED FOR "SALVAGE" SHALL BE REMOVED AND PROTECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR, AND TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. ELECTRICAL REMOVAL NOTES 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRIC FIXTURES AND DEVICES IN THE DEMO AREAS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMO AREAS. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE COMPLETE ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT IN THE DEMO AREA, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED FOR REUSE OR TO BE EXTENDED. SELECTIVE DEMO SHALL BE COMPLETED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS. RE -CIRCUIT AS REQUIRED. 4. REMOVE ALL DEMO'D ELECTRIC & FA PATHWAY AND WIRING BACK TO NEAREST JUNCTION BOX. 5. REFER TO REMOVAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. STRUCTURAL CEILING -� SPRINKLER PERMITTED PIPE 8 A ,- "/ IT 6'-0 OR LESS ,re„ ELECTRICAL PANEL 0 D 0 0 SPRINKLER STRUCTURAL CEILING -� PIPE PERMITTED -*- LUMINAIRE PERMITTED DEDICATED ELECTRICAL SPACE ELECTRICAL PANEL MIN. l SIDE VIEW STRUCTURAL CEILING ---� SPRINKLER PIPE PERMITTED 6'-6" MIN. WORKING SPACE FRONT VIEW NO OBSTRUCTIONS OR EQUIPMENT ALLOWED IN THIS SPACE SPRINKLER STRUCTURAL CEILING - PIPE PERMITTED ---y 0 0 0 LUMINAIRE PERMITTED ELECTRICAL PANEL r NOT REQUIRED TO BE CENTERED IN WORKING SPACE ELECTRICAL PANEL a WORKING SPACE 30" MIN. -0-1 -1 3'-0": 208V or 240V 3'-6": 480V SIDE VIEW NO OBSTRUCTIONS OR EQUIPMENT ALLOWED IN THIS SPACE ELECTRICAL WORKING 5 CLEARANCES AROUND PANEL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE FRONT VIEW DRAWN BY: D.D. HATT DESIGNED BY: D.D. HATT CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON ELECTRICAL METHODS NOTES 1. EXISTING CIRCUITING SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS HAS BEEN DEVELOPED FROM RECORD DRAWINGS WHICH HAVE BEEN PARTIALLY FIELD VERIFIED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CIRCUITING FOR ALL AFFECTED AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL AMEND THIS DRAWING FOR RECORD AS NECESSARY. 2. WIRING SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATIC TO SHOW TYPICAL FLOOR CIRCUITING. ALL NEW WORK SHALL BE IN NEW STUD CONSTRUCTION WALL AND CEILING SOFFITS. NO EXPOSED CONDUIT IS ALLOWED EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN. REFER TO ARCH DRAWINGS FOR WALL TYPES. 3. COORDINATE CONDUIT PATH WITH EXIST PIPING, DUCTWORK AND ELECTRICAL WIRING. EC MAY REUSE EXISTING CONCEALED CONDUIT PATHWAYS WHERE POSSIBLE UPON REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY ENGINEER/ARCHITECT. 4 ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE STRANDED COPPER. ALL INSULATED POWER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE TYPE THHN-THWN. ALL FIRE ALARM CONDUCTORS SHALL BE STRANDED. STRANDED CONDUCTORS SHALL BE FIRMLY HELD UNDER DEVICE CAPTIVE CLAMP CONNECTORS PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 5. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT), RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (RGS) WHERE EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR IN CONCRETE POURS, OR ALUMINUM CONDUIT WHERE SHOWN. ALL BOXES SHALL BE METAL. CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4" MINIMUM EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN 1/2" FOR SPECIAL CIRCUITS. NO MC PERMITTED EXCEPT WHERE FISHED INTO EXISTING WALLS FOR OUTLETS AND FOR WHIPS TO LIGHT FIXTURES NOT OVER 8'-0" LONG. 6. SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL BE METALLIC WIREMOLD RACEWAY. SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL BE PERMITTED ONLY IN THE ROOMS DESIGNATED ON THE PLANS. 7. FINAL CONNECTIONS AT MOTORS, FLOW, TAMPER, PRESSURE SWITCHES AND SENSORS SHALL BE IN LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUIT. 3/8" LIQUIDTIGHT IS PREFERRED FOR SMALL DEVICES. 8. EXTEND NEW FIRE ALARM CONDUIT TO NEW DETECTION AND NOTIFICATION DEVICES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. MAIN PATHWAYS SHALL BE MINIMUM SIZE 3/4" EMT UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. INSTALL WIREMOLD IN EXPOSED AREAS ONLY WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS & CONDUIT SCHEDULE. SEE E900 SERIES DRAWINGS FOR FIRE ALARM. 9. BRANCH CIRCUITS: PROVIDE SEPARATE NEUTRALS FOR EACH RECEPTACLE AND POWER CIRCUIT. SHARED NEUTRALS ARE NOT TO BE USED. 10. FEEDERS: PROVIDE 150% SIZED NEUTRAL BAR AND 150% SIZED NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS FOR COMPUTER OR HARMONIC LOADS. 11. LOAD BALANCE: BALANCE SINGLE PHASE SERVICES TO 10% ON A AND B PHASES. BALANCE THREE PHASE SERVICES TO 20% ON INDIVIDUAL PANELS AND TO WITHIN 10% ON MAIN SERVICE. BALANCE SHALL BE CHECKED BOTH WITH ALL LOADS ON AND WITH NORMAL LOADS ON. 12. FOR CIRCUITS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED, CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL CONDUIT, BX, BOXES, AND CONDUCTORS IN ACCESSIBLE CHASE, CEILING SPACES AND WHERE EXPOSED. DO NOT ABANDON ANY SUCH CIRCUITS IN PLACE UNLESS BURIED IN WALLS AND INACCESSIBLE. DISCONNECT SUCH CIRCUITS AT BOTH ENDS AND PULL OUT ALL CONDUCTORS. CLOSE UP ALL SPARE UNCOVERED BOXES. PLUG ALL OPEN KNOCKOUTS. 13. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS. RECIRCUIT AS REQUIRED. 14. PROVIDE CIRCUIT NAMEPLATES FOR ALL NEW CIRCUITS. PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES FOR PANELS, TRANSFORMERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTROL PANELS. PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN PANEL DIRECTORY IN PANEL PROVIDE DUPLICATE TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY ON AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. 15. STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF METAL STUD WALLS SHALL NOT BE COMPROMISED BY EXCESSIVE DRILLING OR CUTTING FOR CONDUIT WORK. SINGLE HOLES SHALL BE DRILLED AT MIDDLE OF THE STUD AND SEPARATED BY SOLID METAL AT LEAST TWO DIAMETERS OF THE HOLE TO THE NEXT OPENING. 16. ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, COMPUTER AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS/JACKS, SWITCHES, PULL STATIONS, THERMOSTATS, EXIT LIGHTS, AND ALL OTHER WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES SHALL BE ALIGNED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY WHEN IN CLOSE PROXIMITY. COORDINATION OF THIS ALIGNMENT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. PANEL NAME PROVIDE LABELS FOR ALL PROPOSED RECEPTACLE DEVICES INSTALLED UNDER THIS PROJECT AND ALL EXISTING RECEPTACLES IN STUDENT ROOMS, INSTALL ON DEVICE. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING. 1 1/2" BREAKER NUMBER 1" 'LL -1A' #24 1/4" DESCRIPTOR (TYP) f PLACE DEVICE LABEL ON EDGE OF DEVICE TYPICAL RECEPTACLE TAGGING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE FILL VOID BETWEEN SLEEVE AND CORE WITH RN SEALANT SCHED 40 OR 10 GA. ROLLED ��STEEL PIPE SLEEVE WITH WELDED AND CAULKED FLANGE FILL AREA BETWEEN CONDUIT AND SLEEVE WITH FIRE CAULK 7 EXIST FLOOR SLAB FILL AREA BETWEEN SLEEVE AND CORE WITH FIRE CAULK CONDUIT SLEEVE DETAIL E001 NOT TO SCALE GENERAL I G, POWER G 0 34 0 LIGHTING A E b 0 $3 KEY TO SYMBOLS & DEVICE SPECIFICATIONS EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN (FAINT LINE) CONTRACT WORK (BOLD CONTINUOUS UNE) EXISTING WORK TO BE REMOVED (DASHED LINE) CONNECT TO POINT DISCONNECT FROM POINT JUNCTION BOX 20A, 120V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DUPLEX GFCI 20A, 120V RECEPTACLE QUAD 20A, 120V RECEPTACLE EQUIPMENT ITEM (SEE EQUIPMENT CIRCUITING AND CONTROL SCHEDULE) CONTROL SWITCH OR STATION, 3 REFERS TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE #3 DISCONNECT SWITCH THERMOSTAT MOTOR- NUMBER INDICATES HORSEPOWER DATA/TELECOM- REFER TO SPECS FOR WORK DESCRIPTION COMPUTER OUTLET - NUMBER INDICATES NUMBER OF JACKS COMPUTER OUTLET WITH 15' CABLE - OVER LAY -IN CEILING FOR WIRELESS UNIT TELEVISION OUTLET ANALOG TELEPHONE OUTLET 2 COMPUTER PLUS TELEPHONE PULL BOX PANELBOARD, FLUSH MOUNTED PANELBOARD, SURFACE MOUNTED HOMERUN TO PANEL LP1, CIRCUIT #3. 2 #12'S IN 3/4" CDT. FED FROM 20A -1P BKR. IS INTENDED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. RUN GREENWIRE GROUND FOR ALL CIRCUITS. ONE GROUND PER RACEWAY SIZED FOR LARGEST CIRCUIT IS ACCEPTABLE. SPECIAL RECEPTACLE - REFER TO DRAWING FOR SPECIFIC TYPES WALL SWITCH -MOUNTED DEHUMIDISTAT FAN CONTROL, PANASONIC WHISPERCONTROL CONDENSATION LIGHTING FIXTURES - UPPER CASE LETTER DENOTES TYPE (SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE) LOWER CASE LETTER DENOTES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE EXIT SIGN -LIGHTED - PROVIDE FACES, MOUNTING & ARROWS AS REQUIRED BY PLANS. LIGHT SWITCH LIGHT SWITCH - 3 WAY DIMMER SWITCH SINGLE POLE OR THREE WAY AS INDICATED CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY ANALOG OCCUPANCY SENSOR, WATTSTOPPER #DT -305 W/ BZ -150 POWER PACK WALL MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY ANALOG OCCUPANCY SENSOR, WATTSTOPPER ABBREVIATIONS BKR CCT DIV EC EL EM EMT BREAKER CIRCUIT DIVISION ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR LIGHT LIGHTING CIRCUIT METALLIC TUBING G/GFI/GFCI LTG NL RGS WP UNO #DSW- 100 SENSOR #FV-WCCS1-W GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER LIGHTING NIGHT LIGHT (CONTINUOUS ON, CONNECTED TO EMER/BACKUP POWER) RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT WEATHERPROOF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WALL PLATES TYPES - DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. BE ESPECIALLY ATTENTIVE TO THE FOLLOWING: 9'P 9 GFCI $ $ $K QVA QV U U I 0 15 " SEE NOTE 48"TO TOP 80" TO BOTTOM MIN 96" TO TOP MAX 48" TO TOP 15" 60" MAX 54" TO TOP NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ELEVATIONS OF RECEPTACLES WITH THE ARCHITECTS PLANS. GFCI RECEPTACLES MAY BE RAISED OR LOWERED DEPENDING ON BACK SPLASH OF SINKS. WALL PLATES & DEVICES PASS AND SEYMOUR BRAND NO -LINE SMOOTH P8 MODEL - COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCH, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OTHERWISE. NOTE: ADA REQUIREMENTS ALLOW MAXIMUM 54" HIGH REACH IBC REQUIREMENTS ALLOW MAXIMUM 48" HIGH REACH ADA REQUIREMENTS CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. BE ESPECIALLY ATTENTIVE TO THE FOLLOWING: MAXIMUM WHEELCHAIR REACH FROM SIDE : 54 INCHES HIGH MAXIMUM WHEELCHAIR REACH FROM FRONT: 48 INCHES HIGH MINIMUM WHEELCHAIR REACH FROM SIDE : 9 INCHES HIGH MINIMUM WHEELCHAIR REACH FROM FRONT: 15 INCHES HIGH MAXIMUM PROJECTION INTO AISLES/CORRIDORS FOR OBJECTS 27 TO 80 INCHES HIGH: 4 INCHES MAXIMUM PROJECTION INTO AISLES/CORRIDORS FOR OBJECTS 0 TO 27 INCHES HIGH: ANY AMOUNT 0 H -4" MAX PROTRUSION BETWEEN 27"-80" ANY AMOUNT PROTRUDING OBJECTS MAXIMUM PROJECTION toZ FRONT APPROACH S DE APPROACH MIN & MAX REACH LIMITS MIN & MAX REACH LIMITS ADA REQUIREMENTS NOT TO SCALE ALTERNATES ALTERNATE #1 - KITCHEN RENOVATION: PROVIDE RECPTACLES, LIGHTING, CICUITING AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR RANGE HOOD. REFERT TO DRAWING E200 AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REQUIRED BY LA AND A DESCRIPTION OF THE ALTERATION. THIS STATEMENT IS PROVIDED HEREIN AS BY THEIR SIGNATURE AND THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. a II a z w 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 8 1 9 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 K MIMI J H G Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 SIMI F OMB E D 01111 c 1 B U N 2 N 0 L L m r 3 J Z i� ce 0 N 8 Q o U °• u,u.i =o= Y a ARCHITECTURE 3 to0 /11111 OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 OMNI A ELECTRICAL NOTES, SCHEDULES & DETAILS DATE: SCALE: 03/09/15 AS NOTED DWG No.: E001 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 K J — H G F E D - 0 — B A PANEL 2ND FLOOR 5 4 p Q J, 0 a 0 0 a v a o < Y m SERVES Volts/Amps 120-240v 10/3W, 100A MLO Volts/Amps 120-240v 10/3W, Model/Cat# SQUARE D QO LOADCENTER #Q0C-30 SERVES a < Y CD tn p a o 2ND FLOOR BATH 15 1 1 2 1 15 2ND & 3RD FLOOR CORRIDOR & ATTIC LIGHTS ROOM 21 15 1 3 4 1 15 ROOM 31 ROOM 26, 2ND FLOOR TELEPHONE BOOTH 15 1 5 6 1 15 ROOM 32 ROOM 25 15 1 7 8 1 15 ROOM 33 ROOM 24 15 1 9 10 1 15 ROOM 34 ROOM 23 15 1 11 12 1 15 3RD FLOOR BATH ROOM 22 15 1 13 14 1 15 3RD FLOOR CORRIDOR RECEPT CLOSETS 22, 23 15 1 15 16 1 15 ROOM 35 2ND FLOOR REFRIGERATOR 20 1 17 18 1 15 ROOM 36 3RD FLOOR REFRIGERATOR 20 1 19 20 1 15 2ND FLOOR HALL LIGHTS HALL PLUG 15 1 21 22 1 15 SOUTH AND NORTHWEST HALL PLUGS SPACE 24 1 23 24 1 15 SPACE SPACE 26 1 25 26 1 20 SPACE SPACE 28 1 27 28 1 20 SPACE SPACE 30 1 29 30 1 15 SPACE EXISTING PANEL 2ND FLOOR NOT TO SCALE PANEL KITCHEN 5 4 E002 0 0 a J 0 U1 J 0 o d Y m SERVES Volts/Amps 120-240v 10/3W, 200A MCB Volts/Amps 120-240v 10/3W, 100A MLO Model/Cat# SQ D Q0 LOADCENTER #QOC 40MG225 SERVES Model/Cat# SQUARE D 00 LOADCENTER #QOC16U 2 W 0 o a J 0 < 0 ID < J a 15 WALK–IN COOLER FAN & LIGHT SERVES Y o J J o Y SERVES 6 1 CO UNKNOWN o a o a 1 m 8 1 RANGE 50 2 1 2 2 20 SPARE 15 KITCHEN RANGE HOOD & CLOCK RECEPT LAUNDRY ROOM 3 4 11 12 1 MICROWAVE RECEPT 20 1 5 6 1 20 RECEPTS SOUTH REFRIGERATOR RECEPT 20 1 7 8 1 20 1 LIGHTS RECEPTS NORTH & EAST 20 1 9 10 1 20 KITCHEN RANGE HOOD SPACE UNKNOWN UNKNOWN RECEPTS NORTH & WEST 20 1 11 12 1 SHOP HEATER "A" RECEPTS BDF SPACE SPACE 21 1 13 14 1 RECEPTS BDF 20 SPACE SPACE 24 1 15 16 1 15 1 SPACE EXISTING PANEL KITCHEN NOT TO SCALE PANEL MDP 5 4 E002 0 0 a J 0 U1 J 0 o d Y m SERVES Volts/Amps 120-240v 10/3W, 200A MCB CONTROLS & LOCATION LI 0 a J o Model/Cat# SQ D Q0 LOADCENTER #QOC 40MG225 SERVES N Y m 2 W 0 o KITCHEN PANEL 1ST FLOOR 110 2 1 3 2 1 15 WALK–IN COOLER FAN & LIGHT 4 1 15 DINING ROOM UNIT HEATERS KITCHEN CHEST FREEZER 20 1 5 6 1 15 UNKNOWN KITCHEN MEAT SLICER 20 1 7 8 1 15 KITCHEN LIGHTS MAIL ROOM 1ST FLOOR BATH 15 15 1 9 10 1 15 KITCHEN RANGE HOOD & CLOCK RECEPT LAUNDRY ROOM 20 ' 1 11 12 1 15 TRANSFORMER & OUTSIDE LIGHT DRYER 15 1 13 14 1 15 DINING ROOM LIGHTS LAUNDRY RECEPT 20 1 15 16 1 15 ROOM #11 UNKNOWN 20 1 17 18 1 20 CEILING HUNG LIGHTS BDF UNKNOWN UNKNOWN 20 20 1 1 19 20 1 20 SHOP HEATER "A" RECEPTS BDF 20 1 21 22 1 20 UPRIGHT FREEZER RECEPTACLE RECEPTS BDF 20 1 23 24 1 20 UPRIGHT FREEZER RECEPTACLE VENDING MACHINE 15 1 25 26 1 15 WALK-IN COOLER COMPRESSOR DINING ROOM PLUGS 20 1 27 28 1 15 BASEMENT LIGHTS + TBD KITCHEN COUNTER RECEPTS 20 1 29 30 1 1 15 15 BOILER PUMPS PANTRY STORE ROOM LIGHTS, TV ROOM LIGHTS, POOL ROOM RECEPTS 15 1 31 32 1 15 CARPET CLEANER SHOP TABLE GFCI RECEPT WASHING MACHINE RECEPT 20 1 33 34 1 20 UNKNOWN (CEILING HUNG SHOP HEATER B) HOT WATER HEATER 20 1 35 36 1 1 20 20 UNKNOWN UNKNOWN SPACE 2 37 39 38 40 2 100 PANEL 2ND FLOOR EXISTING PANEL MDP NOT TO SCALE EQUIPMENT CIRCUITING & CONTROL SCHEDULE 5 4 E002 w H EQUIPMENT QUANTITY LOAD DATA SUPPLY DATA CONTROLS & LOCATION LOCATION REMARKS NEMA 1 (3R OUTDOORS) DISCONNECT SWITCH BY EC COMBINATION NEMA 1 FUSED DISC. MAGNETIC STARTER & HOA SWITCH & CONT TRANS BY DIV 26 TOGGLE SWITCH DISCONNECT FIRE ALARM SHUTDOWN RELAY CONNECTION UNIT STARTUP LIQUIDTIGHT FLEX AT FINAL CONN BY EC AMPS HP KW VOLTS PHASE PANEL BKR/ POLES WIRE CONDUIT SIZE CCT GND 01 EXHAUST FAN EF -A 1 0.18 LEDFIXTURE LIGHT ENGINE, 3000°K, 675LM, CRI >90 - 120 10 VARIES 20A/1P 2#12 1#12 3/4"EMT WHITE MOUNTS TO A 4"x4"x2- „ 1/8 OCTAGON JUNCTION BOX AT UNIT EC H&V AT UNIT 0 2 O EXHAUST FAN EF -B 2 0.35 1 - 120 10 VARIES 20A/1P 2#12 1#12 3/4"EMT 95 LPW SURFACE MOUNT AT UNIT EC H&V AT UNIT 02 DIV. 26 PROVIDE PANASONIC WHISPERCONTROLCONDENSATION SENSOR #FV-WCCSI-W FOR UNIT 0 C KITCHEN COOPER METALUX 1'x4' SURFACE MOUNT SPEC GRADE WRAP, MODEL #WS-232A-UNV-ER81 *SPEC BALLAST* -U 2 25w PHILIPS 25w T8 3000°K, 85CRI #F32T8/ADV830/ XEW/ALTO 25 WATT 1 120v 0.71 NON -DIM PROGRAM START, <10%THD PHILIPS OPTANIUM #IOP-2PSP32-LW-SC 37w 80% Efficiency SURFACE MOUNT WHITE 0 DRAWN BY: D.D. HATT DESIGNED BY: D.D. HATT CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON a ce s W L.O CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO N CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. K — J Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC 4 ire upt.‘1`4"2 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com — H Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 — G 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 J 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 F E D — 0 1 B A ARCHITECTURE ce co i x ®Y' z 0 4 W E Z Occ� 0 c 0 recu wI zC� 0 N M W U OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & DETAILS DATE: 03/09/15 SCALE: AS NOTED DWG No.: E002 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 4 E002 SYMBOL LOCATION MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER LAMPING BALLAST/DRIVER MINIMUM LUMINAIRE EFFICIENCY MOUNTING FINISH NOTES: QTY. WATTS TYPE QTY. VOLTAGE B.F. TYPE MODEL MAX, WATTS BATHROOMS COOPER HALO 6" SEMI -RECESSED LED DOWNLIGHT, MODEL #SLD606930WH 1 12.9w LEDFIXTURE LIGHT ENGINE, 3000°K, 675LM, CRI >90 1 120v N/A LED DRIVER (DIMMING NOT REQUIRED) AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER 13w 52 LPW SEMI- RECESSED CEILING WHITE MOUNTS TO A 4"x4"x2- „ 1/8 OCTAGON JUNCTION BOX A B BATHROOMS AXIS LIGHTING 3' SURFACE MOUNT LINEAR LED FIXTURE W/ WRAPAROUND LENS, MODEL #ARWLED-B2-600-30-S-3-W-UNV-D-1 1 6.4w/FT LED LIGHT ENGINE, 3000°K, 600LM/FT, CRI >80 1 120v N/A LED DRIVER (DIMMING NOT REQUIRED) AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER 30w 95 LPW SURFACE MOUNT WHITE PRUDENTIAL LIGHTING OR -EQUAL IN PRUDENTIAL LIGHTING "SNAP LED" W/ LED3-SO LED LIGHT ENGINE ARCH. LIGHTING WORKS OR -EQUAL IN ARCH LIGHTING WORKS "TRIPLANE SURFACE" W/ HP900 LED LIGHT ENGINE C KITCHEN COOPER METALUX 1'x4' SURFACE MOUNT SPEC GRADE WRAP, MODEL #WS-232A-UNV-ER81 *SPEC BALLAST* -U 2 25w PHILIPS 25w T8 3000°K, 85CRI #F32T8/ADV830/ XEW/ALTO 25 WATT 1 120v 0.71 NON -DIM PROGRAM START, <10%THD PHILIPS OPTANIUM #IOP-2PSP32-LW-SC 37w 80% Efficiency SURFACE MOUNT WHITE D KITCHEN COOPER METALUX 6"x2' SURFACE MOUNT CORRIDOR WRAP, MODEL #CR-217A-UNV-ER8A *SPEC BALLAST -U 2 17w PHILIPS 17w T8 3000°K, 85CRI #F17T8/TL830/ PLUS/ALTO 1 120v 0.71 NON -DIM PROGRAM START, <10%THD PHILIPS OPTANIUM #IOP-2PSP32-LW-SC 25w 80% Efficiency SURFACE MOUNT WHITE DRAWN BY: D.D. HATT DESIGNED BY: D.D. HATT CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON a ce s W L.O CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO N CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. K — J Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC 4 ire upt.‘1`4"2 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com — H Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 — G 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 J 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 F E D — 0 1 B A ARCHITECTURE ce co i x ®Y' z 0 4 W E Z Occ� 0 c 0 recu wI zC� 0 N M W U OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & DETAILS DATE: 03/09/15 SCALE: AS NOTED DWG No.: E002 N:\920900\Current Drawings\E100.dwg, 3/9/2015 4:28:04 PM, N81 K J H G F PIO E D c NMI B A 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 r 1 \\ 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 SAVE EXISTING FA NOTIFICATION DEVICE FOR REINSTALLATION 11051 // DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: 1 103 1 O O P\ 1100TAI / d VA1S75 II 11 VA15/75 f-] NFIF 100 11081 1106 ,-PROVIDE RECONNECTION OF EXISTING RESIDENTIAL STOVE ALTERNATE 11 FOR DDIISCONN- HOOD ECT 1EXIS 0 0 REMOVE EXIST REMOVAL BYiHVAC -- ' .0 O SURFACERECEPTS WM & - , ` J T 1 FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL REMOVAL PLAN 100 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" r 104A1 1 J r —1 REMOVE (6) 1x4 WRAPAROUND FIXTURES & (1) RECESSED CAN, CIRCUIT TO REMAIN FOR REUSE. EXISTING PANEL "KITCHEN" TO REMAIN 12051 SAVE EXISTING FA NOTIFICATION DEVICE FOR REINSTALLATION 1205A 12058 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL "2ND FLOOR" TO REMAIN —� rn )1 i n 1 � l+r..'II\ tri' k _ er 1 2031 1203A 1200TH _(L,_ I \ i I �V30 11 X II I i \ ,I 7A...ramp. IA 4 0 O .. D 120091 -9 �– EXISTING WM QUAD RECEPT TO REMAIN �-REMOVE QUAD WM RECEPT, V500 RACEWAY & CIRCUIT I AS SHOWN REMAINDER OF EXIST CCT TO REMAIN 120681 EXISTING 3/4" TELECOM EMT TO REMAIN 1 206 1 PULL BACK EXIST CCT & REMOVE EXIST EXPOSED 3/4" EMT DOWN TO EXIST TELECOM APPEARANCE AT 12" AFF 1206A 120601 120481 1204A SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 305 SAVE EXISTING FA NOTIFICATION DEVICE FOR REINSTALLATION - 1305A1 13058 1303 1 n '1 111 li i 1 / / \ ( 11 1 EXISTING QUAD I.1 n 1 ` ) 1 11 OUTLET TO REMAIN II it )1 �mr L1 1 Ir�o�1 ,� I,�o�,-i11 I ill 1 I \ i 111) 11 " I i II 2 II I11--- I IL_/ \_� I L (, 1-`\ 11---� V30 1303A /4–NE . 306 REMOVE QUAD WM OUTLET, V500 RACEWAY, CIRCUIT & SWITCH AS SHOWN —.I '� EXISTING BRANCH CCT / HOMERUN TO REMAIN EXISTING TELECOM ,,---EXISTING TO REMAIN 2C EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN VA1 5/75 pc]FIFF D\ 00S 1306B 1306A O O 1 304 1 0 THIRD FLOOR ELECTRICAL REMOVAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 3 5 7 D\ a 11 THIS STATEMENT IS PROVIDED HEREIN AS CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. K INN Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC ` I -tet p \ ,CIY' Te 1)1 ,"t`� 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com - H Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 MON G 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 14 F E — D — C emor B A U N to s CO >N J e 2 p n § NW tO c O a ARCHITECTURE m u _� Y H Z 0 OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 ELECTRICAL REMOVAL PLANS DATE: 03/09/15 SCALE: AS NOTED DWG No.: E100 N:\920900\Current Drawings1E200.dwg, 3/9/2015 4:29:04 PM, 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RECONNECT EXISTING FA NOTIFICATION DEVICE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT, EXTEND AS REQUIRED TO NEW LOCATION 1 105 RECONN. TO EXISTING BATHROOM CIRCUIT 1 VA1 5/75 NFI 1 106 1 ALTERNATE 11 f1 EXTEND 20A/1 P CCT TO NEW RESIDENTIAL KITCHEN RANGE HOOD. BASED UPON NUTONE MODEL #WS -1. PROVIDE (2) PAR20 LED WIDE FLOOD LAMPS, PHILIPS #8PAR20/END/F36 2700 DIM 6/1. /RANGE PROVIDED BY OWNtR,I CIRCUIT BY E.C. KITCHEN PANEL #11 KITCHEN PANEL #10 EXTEND NEW BRANCH CCT TO RECEPTS AS SHOWN, CONNECT TO EXISTING BREAKERS (TYP) cr--V2400 WM INSTALLED ABOVE COUNTER BACKSPLASH W/ I V2448 DEVICE BOXES FOR RECEPTS (TYP) KITCHEN PANEL #7 KITCHEN PANEL #9 1 103 DRAWN BY: D.D. HATT DESIGNED BY: D.D. HATT CHECKED BY: P.A. PETERSON 0 0 6nnnd L 1 CONN. TO EXISTING CCT. EXISTING PANEL "KITCHEN" TO REMAIN FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" Fr COORD FLUSH RECEPT HEIGHT W/ ARCH DWGS. INSTALL DEVICE TO BE ABOVE BACKSPLASH AS REQ'D. (TYP)- RECONNECT EXISTING FA NOTIFICATION DEVICE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT, EXTEND AS REQUIRED TO NEW LOCATION 110 1200TA1 NOTE: RECONNECT TO EXISTING BATHROOM BRANCH CIRCUIT AS SHOWN ". .M 1 /\ 1205 12050 12058 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL "2ND FLOOR" TO REMAIN 305 1 0, r� i MOI—Az J . v A V30 PANEL 2ND FLOOR #1 - I II 1" EMT (ABOVE CEILING/IN WALL) er7 VA15/75rn Di>IFIF P\ COORD FLUSH RECEPT HEIGHT W/ ARCH DWGS. INSTALL DEVICE TO BE ABOVE BACKSPLASH AS REQ'D. (TYP) RECONNECT EXISTING FA NOTIFICATION DEVICE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT, EXTEND AS REQUIRED TO NEW LOCATION - 1 NOTE: RECONNECT TO EXISTING BATHROOM BRANCH WM BOOT & WM CIRCUIT AS SHOWN TO REFEED EX. RECEPT J 1 WM BOOT (n'-) EXISTING WM QUAD RECEPT TO REMAIN RACEWAY IN NEW WALL (TYP) 1206 CONN. TO EXISTING WM BRANCH CCT EXTEND CONDUIT DN WALL & ife REWORK FLUSH FACEPLATE AT LIMIT OF CONDUCTOR LENGTH (APPROX 30" AFF) PULL BACK EXISTING TELECOM CABLES, REVISE RACEWAY, PULL BACK IN & TERMINATE TO RELOCATED FACEPLATE EXISTING 3/4" TELECOM EMT TO REMAIN 120681 1206A1 J ELECTRICAL PLAN Li A PANEL 2ND FLOOR #12 EXISTING QUAD OUTLET TO REMAIN -EMT CONDUIT IN NEW WALL (TYP) PROVIDE NEW RECEPTS -& RECONNECT TO EXISTING CCT VA1 5/75 FF 6 SS 13061 EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN ` EXISTING TELECOM APPEARANCE TO REMAIN 2C EXISTING BRANCH CCT HOMERUN TO REMAIN 130561 13068 306A1 130501 1 303 1 0 THIRD FLOOR ELECTRICAL PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" 0 1 304 1 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 0 1 3 —N- i 5 7 9 11 13 15 1 IIIII Ell — 1III — — — THIS STATEMENT IS PROVIDED HEREIN AS REQUIRED BY LAW. ACTING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A UCENSED ENGINEER TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANY WAY. IF ALTERED, THE ALTERING PROFESSIONAL SHALL AFFIX THEIR SEAL AND THE NOTATION "ALTERED BY", FOLLOWED BY THEIR SIGNATURE AND THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION AND A DESCRIPTION OF THE ALTERATION. CONFORM TO INDICATED DIMENSIONS RATHER THAN DIMENSIONS SCALED FROM DRAWING. GRAPHIC SCALE PROVIDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND TO CONFIRM WHEN DRAWING SIZE HAS BEEN REDUCED OR INCREASED IN REPRODUCTION. IT IS A VIOLATION OF THE LAW FOR ANY 3 4 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 K J H G E D C B A Peterson Guadagnolo Consulting Engineers PC 476 East Brighton Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210-4144 Telephone: (315) 476-8311 Fax: (315) 476-8305 email@pgengineers.com Philip A. Peterson NYS PE LICENSE # 59561 E 8 N E � z Op L. 2 T >- M zo o N- O a W � c, 0. ARCHITECTURE 952 m w ; INK AEI QZ 2 0,Arzr) mmi w =cz Nfp as i 1 CiiO OWNER NO.: ARCH NO.: 1437 ELECTRICAL POWER, LIGHTING & FIRE ALARM PLANS DATE: SCALE: 03/09/15 AS NOTED DWG No.: E200